EDGAR 10-K Filing

Company CIK: 776901
Filing Year: 2025
Filename: 776901_10-K_2025_0000776901-25-000093.json

---

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
General
Independent Bank Corp. (the “Company”) is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company headquartered in Rockland, Massachusetts that was incorporated under Massachusetts law in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust Company (“Rockland Trust” or the “Bank”), a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. The Bank provides a wide range of banking, investment and financial services, operating with over 120 retail branches, as well as a network of commercial and residential lending centers, and investment management offices primarily in Eastern Massachusetts, Worcester County, and Rhode Island. Rockland Trust also offers a full suite of mobile, online, and telephone banking services. At December 31, 2024, the Company had total assets of $19.4 billion, total deposits of $15.3 billion, and stockholders’ equity of $3.0 billion.
Subsidiaries
At December 31, 2024, Independent Bank Corp.’s consolidated subsidiaries included the Company’s banking subsidiary, Rockland Trust, which is the Company’s only reportable operating segment. Rockland Trust had the following wholly-owned corporate subsidiaries:
•Six Massachusetts security corporations, namely Rockland Borrowing Collateral Securities Corp., Rockland Deposit Collateral Securities Corp., Taunton Avenue Securities Corp., Goddard Ave Securities Corp., MFLR Securities Corporation, and B.H. Security Corporation;
•RTC LIHTC Investments LLC and Rockland MHEF Fund LLC, established to invest primarily in Massachusetts-based low-income housing tax credit projects;
•Rockland Trust Phoenix LLC, formed for the purpose of holding, maintaining, and disposing of certain foreclosed properties;
•Bright Rock Capital Management LLC, which was established to act as a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940; and
•Compass Exchange Advisors LLC, which was established to provide like-kind exchange services pursuant to section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The like-kind exchange services provided in connection with this entity ceased during 2023.
In addition, the Company is currently the sponsor of Independent Capital Trust V, a Delaware statutory trust; Central Bancorp Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust; and Central Bancorp Statutory Trust II, a Connecticut statutory trust, each of which was formed to issue trust preferred securities. These statutory trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Market Area and Competition
The Bank contends with considerable competition both in generating loans and attracting deposits. The Bank’s competition for generating loans is primarily from other commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, mortgage banking companies, finance companies, online lenders or online banks, and other institutional lenders. Competitive factors considered for loan generation include interest rates, terms offered, loan fees charged, loan products offered, services provided, and geographic locations and a simplified application process.
In attracting deposits, the Bank’s primary competitors are savings banks, commercial and co-operative banks, credit unions, internet banks, as well as other nonbank institutions that offer financial alternatives such as brokerage firms and insurance companies. Competitive factors considered in attracting and retaining deposits include deposit and investment products and their respective rates of return, brand awareness, liquidity, and risk, among other factors, such as convenient branch locations and hours of operation, personalized customer service, online and mobile access to accounts and automated teller machines.
The Bank’s market area is attractive and entry into the market area by financial institutions previously not competing there has occurred and may continue to occur, which could impact the Bank’s growth or profitability. The Bank’s primary footprint for branch presence and deposit gathering is generally comprised of Eastern Massachusetts and Worcester County.
Lending Activities
The Bank’s gross loan portfolio (loans before allowance for credit losses) amounted to $14.5 billion on December 31, 2024, or 74.9% of total assets. The Bank’s borrowers primarily consist of small-to-upper middle market sized businesses and consumers. Substantially all of the Bank’s commercial, consumer real estate, and other consumer loan portfolios consist of loans made to residents of and businesses located in the Bank’s market area. The majority of the real estate loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio are secured by properties located within this market area.
Although the Bank analyzes the creditworthiness of its borrowers, the risk of deterioration in the ability of borrowers to repay their loans in accordance with their existing loan agreements is inherent in any lending function. Loans are approved based upon a hierarchy of authority, predicated upon the size of the loan, quality of collateral and perceived level of risk. Levels within the hierarchy of lending authorities range from individual lenders to the Company’s Loan Approval Committee. In accordance with federal and state banking law, the Bank is permitted, with certain exceptions, to make loans and commitments to any one borrower, including related entities, in the aggregate amount of not more than 20% of the Bank’s stockholders’ equity, or $593.2 million at December 31, 2024, which is the Bank’s legal lending limit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank has established a more restrictive limit, which may only be exceeded with the approval of the Board of Directors (the “Board”). There were no borrowers whose total indebtedness in aggregate exceeded the Bank’s self-imposed restrictive limit. The Bank’s largest relationship as of December 31, 2024 consisted of 11 loans with an aggregate exposure of $157.8 million.
Loan Portfolio The following table shows the balance of the gross average loan portfolio by category, the percentage of the gross average loan portfolio, and the percentage of total interest income that the loans generated, by category, for the fiscal years indicated:
Average Balance for the Year Ended % of Total
Loans % of Total Interest Income
Generated for the Years Ended
December 31,
December 31, 2024 2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial $ 10,778,807 75.1 % 70.9 % 71.5 % 72.9 %
Consumer real estate 3,549,712 24.7 % 21.4 % 20.0 % 16.7 %
Other consumer 33,761 0.2 % 0.3 % 0.3 % 0.3 %
Total $ 14,362,280 100.0 % 92.6 % 91.8 % 89.9 %
Commercial Loans Commercial loans consist of commercial real estate loans, commercial construction loans, commercial and industrial loans, and small business loans (which generally consist of loans to businesses with commercial credit needs of less than or equal to $750,000). The Bank offers secured and unsecured commercial loans for business purposes. Commercial loans may be structured as term loans or as revolving/nonrevolving lines of credit, and include overdraft protection and letters of credit. Secured loans may be collateralized by either owner or nonowner-occupied commercial mortgages or other assets.
The Bank’s commercial real estate portfolio, inclusive of commercial construction, is the Bank’s largest loan type concentration. The Bank believes this portfolio is well diversified with loans secured by a variety of property types, such as nonowner-occupied commercial real estate, retail, office, industrial, warehouse, industrial development bonds and other special purpose properties, such as hotels, motels, nursing homes, restaurants, churches, and recreational facilities. The portfolio also includes loans secured by certain residential-related property types including multi-family apartment buildings, residential development tracts and condominiums. Although terms vary, commercial real estate loans typically are underwritten with maturities up to ten years. These loans generally have amortization periods of 20 to 30 years. It is the Bank’s general practice to obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the borrower on commercial real estate loans. Additionally, the Bank typically obtains financial statements from commercial real estate borrowers at least annually or as deemed appropriate based on size and risk associated with the loans. Construction loans within this category present a degree of risk and may be affected by a variety of factors, such as adverse changes in interest rates and the borrower’s ability to control costs and adhere to time schedules. Development of commercial real estate projects also may be subject to numerous land use and environmental issues. The payment experience on nonowner-occupied commercial real estate projects is typically dependent on the successful operation of the real estate project, which can be significantly impacted by supply and demand conditions within the markets
for commercial, retail, office, industrial/warehouse and multi-family tenancy. The current environment has created additional considerations over office exposure as the development of hybrid work environments has reduced and may continue to reduce demand for large office spaces and as a result has reduced and may potentially continue to reduce the valuation of collateral to loans within this property type. The current environment has created additional considerations over office exposure as the development of hybrid work environments has reduced and may continue to reduce demand for large office spaces and as a result has reduced and may potentially continue to reduce the valuation of collateral to loans within this property type. Amongst other actions, management is actively monitoring upcoming maturities within this subset of loans.
The following pie chart shows the diversification of the commercial real estate portfolio as of December 31, 2024:
* Inclusive of commercial construction balances
Select Statistics Regarding the Commercial Real Estate Portfolio
(Dollars in thousands)
Average loan size $ 1,939
Largest individual commercial real estate mortgage outstanding $ 60,609
Commercial real estate nonperforming loans/commercial real estate loans 0.99 %
Commercial and industrial loans consist of both term loans and revolving or non-revolving lines of credit. Term loans generally have a repayment schedule of five years or less and are collateralized by equipment, machinery or other business assets. In addition, the Bank generally obtains personal guarantees from the principal owners of the borrower for its commercial and industrial loans. Lines of credit, including asset-based lines, are typically collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory, or both, as well as other business assets. Commercial lines of credit and asset-based lines generally are reviewed on an annual basis and usually require either a borrowing base formula or reflect varying levels of repayment of principal during the course of a year. Additionally, other commercial term loans are typically secured by machinery and equipment, and/or owner occupied commercial real estate. To limit the risk within this portfolio, the loans are made across a diverse set of industry groups. The following pie chart shows the diversification of the commercial and industrial portfolio as of December 31, 2024:
Select Statistics Regarding the Commercial and Industrial Portfolio
(Dollars in thousands)
Average loan size (excluding floor plan tranches) $ 558
Largest individual commercial and industrial loan outstanding $ 46,614
Commercial and industrial nonperforming loans/commercial and industrial loans 0.46 %
Consumer Loans The Bank’s consumer portfolio consists of real estate loans comprised of residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines, all secured by one-to-four family residential properties, as well as other consumer loans. Residential mortgages are offered in amounts based on up to 97% of the lesser of the appraised value of the residential property securing the loan or the purchase price, and generally require borrowers to obtain private mortgage insurance when the amount of the loan exceeds 80% of the value of the property. The Bank’s residential real estate loans are generally originated under terms, conditions and documentation which permit sale in the secondary market. In order to protect the properties securing its residential and other real estate loans, the Bank requires title insurance protecting the priority of its mortgage lien, as well as fire, extended casualty, and flood insurance, when necessary. Independent appraisers assess properties securing all of the Bank’s first mortgage real estate loans, as required by regulatory standards. Home equity loans and lines may be secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence, second home or residential investment properties. The Bank will typically originate home equity loans and lines in an amount up to 75% of the value, as determined by an appraisal, hybrid valuation method or automated valuation method, reduced for any loans outstanding that are secured by such collateral. Other consumer
loans primarily consist of investment management secured lines of credit, installment loans and overdraft protection lines. The consumer real estate loan portfolio at December 31, 2024 was as follows:
Select Statistics Regarding the Consumer Portfolio
(Dollars in thousands)
Average loan size $ 116
Largest individual consumer loan outstanding $ 5,290
Consumer nonperforming loans/consumer loans 0.35 %
Sources of Funds
The Bank’s primary sources of funds are derived from deposits and to a lesser extent, borrowings as well as the amortization, prepayment, and maturities of loans and securities.
Deposits obtained through the Bank’s branch banking network have traditionally been the principal source of the Bank’s funds for use in lending and for other general business purposes. The Bank has built a stable base of in-market core deposits from consumers, businesses, and municipalities. The Bank offers a range of demand deposits, interest checking, money market accounts, savings accounts, and time certificates of deposit, including free checking accounts with no minimum balance and no monthly fees. Interest rates on deposits are based on factors that include loan demand, deposit maturities, alternative costs of funds, and interest rates offered by competing financial institutions in the Bank’s market area. The Bank believes it has been able to attract and maintain satisfactory levels of deposits based on the level of service it provides to its customers, the convenience of its banking locations, its electronic banking options, and its interest rates, all of which are generally competitive with those of competing financial institutions.
Rockland Trust’s 123 branch locations feature expanded use of video-tellers, and are supplemented by internet and mobile banking services as well as automated teller machine (“ATM”) cards and debit cards which may be used to conduct various banking transactions at ATMs maintained at each of the Bank’s full-service offices and 55 additional remote ATM locations. The ATM cards and debit cards also allow customers access to a variety of national and international ATM networks. The Bank’s mobile banking services give customers the ability to use a variety of mobile devices to check balances, track account activity, pay bills, search transactions, and set up alerts for text or e-mail messages for changes in their account.
Customers can also transfer funds between Rockland Trust accounts, deposit checks into their account, and identify the nearest branch or ATM directly from their mobile device. Rockland Trust also offers person-to-person payment capabilities, allowing for simple and secure funds transfers between most banks and credit unions.
Regulation
The following discussion sets forth certain material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and provides certain specific information relevant to the Company. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on the Company’s business. The Company expects that the new U.S. presidential administration will seek to implement a regulatory reform agenda that is significantly different than that of the prior administration, impacting the rulemaking, supervision, examination and enforcement priorities of the federal banking agencies, which could, in turn, have a material effect on the Company’s business. The laws and regulations governing the Company and the Bank that are described in the following discussion generally have been promulgated to offer protection to customers, including depositors and borrowers and not for the purpose of protecting shareholders.
General The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and as such is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Rockland Trust is subject to regulation and examination by the Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “Commissioner”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
The Bank Holding Company Act The BHCA prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of 5% or more of any class of voting shares of any bank, or increasing such ownership or control of any bank, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve. The BHCA also prohibits the Company from, with certain exceptions, acquiring 5% or more of any class of voting shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than banking or managing or controlling banks.
Under the BHCA, the Federal Reserve is authorized to approve the ownership by the Company of shares in any company, the activities of which the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The Federal Reserve has, by regulation, determined that some activities are closely related to banking within the meaning of the BHCA. These activities include, but are not limited to, operating a mortgage company, finance company, credit card company, factoring company, trust company or savings association; performing data processing operations; providing some securities brokerage services; acting as an investment or financial adviser; acting as an insurance agent for types of credit-related insurance; engaging in insurance underwriting under limited circumstances; leasing personal property on a full-payout, nonoperating basis; providing tax planning and preparation services; operating a collection agency and a credit bureau; and providing consumer financial counseling and courier services. The Federal Reserve also has determined that other activities, including real estate brokerage and syndication, land development, property management and, except under limited circumstances, underwriting of life insurance not related to credit transactions, are not closely related to banking and are not a proper incident thereto.
Capital Requirements The Federal Reserve has established rules covering a capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, referred to herein as the “Rules.” The FDIC has adopted substantially identical rules.
Under the Rules, the minimum capital ratios for the Company and the Bank are as follows:
• 4.5% Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) to risk-weighted assets.
• 6.0% Tier 1 capital (i.e., CET1 plus Additional Tier 1) to risk-weighted assets.
• 8.0% Total capital (i.e., Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets.
• 4.0% Tier 1 leverage capital ratio.
The Rules also require the Company and the Bank to maintain a “capital conservation buffer” in an amount greater than 2.5%, on top of the minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions that meet the minimum capital requirements of 4.5%, 6.0% and 8.0% for CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital, respectively, but fall below the capital conservation buffer, will face constraints on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers based on the amount of the shortfall. The capital conservation buffer effectively increases the minimum CET1 capital ratio to 7.0%, the minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio to 8.5%, and the minimum total risk-based capital ratio to 10.5%, for banking organizations seeking to avoid the limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The Company and the Bank maintain all capital ratios above the required capital conservation buffer of 2.5%.
Pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” if an insured depository institution fails to meet certain capital adequacy standards. The following table summarizes the minimum capital levels under the Rules:
Bank Holding Company
Total Risk-Based Ratio Tier 1 Risk-Based Ratio Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio Total Risk-Based Ratio Tier 1 Risk-Based Ratio Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio
Category
Well capitalized > 10%
and > 8%
and > 6.5%
> 5%
n/a n/a > 6.5%
n/a
Adequately capitalized > 8%
and > 6%
and > 4.5%
> 4%
> 8%
and > 6%
and > 4.5%
> 4%
Undercapitalized < 8% or < 6% or < 4.5% < 4% < 8% or < 6% or n/a < 4%
Significantly undercapitalized < 6% or < 4% or < 3% < 3% n/a n/a n/a n/a
The Company is currently in compliance with the above-described regulatory capital requirements. See Note 18, “Regulatory Matters” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information.
FDIC Deposit Insurance The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured to the maximum extent permitted by law by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), which is administered by the FDIC. The FDIC offers insurance coverage on deposits up to the federally insured limit of $250,000.
The Bank is currently assessed a deposit insurance charge from the FDIC based upon the Bank’s overall assessment base multiplied by an assessment rate, determined in part from five established risk categories. The Bank’s assessment base is defined as average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, adjusted for the impact of the risk category factors.
In November 2023, the FDIC Board of Directors approved a final rule to implement a special assessment to recover losses to the DIF associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the closures of three prominent financial institutions in 2023. The charge was determined by applying a quarterly assessment rate to the Bank’s assessment base, which was defined as the estimated uninsured deposits exceeding $5 billion at December 31, 2022, to be paid over eight quarters beginning in the first quarter of 2024. In June 2024, due to the increased estimate of losses, the FDIC announced that it expected the special assessment to be collected for an additional two quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period, at a lower rate. This updated assessment was made under the FDIC’s final rule whereby the estimated loss pursuant to the systemic risk determination can be periodically adjusted. The FDIC has also retained the ability to cease collection early, extend the special assessment collection period, and/or impose a final shortfall special assessment. It is uncertain the extent to which any such additional future assessments could impact the Company’s future deposit insurance expense.
Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) Pursuant to the CRA and similar provisions of Massachusetts law, regulatory authorities review the performance of the Company and the Bank in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the Bank. The applicable regulatory authorities consider compliance with this law in connection with applications for, among other things, approval of new branches, branch relocations, the engagement in certain additional financial activities under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies. The FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks have assigned the Bank a CRA rating of “Outstanding” as of the latest examination.
Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, enacted as part of the National Defense Authorization Act, does not directly impose new requirements on banks, but requires the U.S. Treasury to issue National Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism Priorities, and conduct studies and issue regulations that may, over the next few years, significantly alter some of the due diligence, recordkeeping and reporting requirements that the Bank Secrecy Act and Patriot Act impose on banks. The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 also contains provisions that promote increased information-sharing and use of technology and increase penalties for violations of the Bank Secrecy Act and includes whistleblower incentives, both of which could increase the prospect of regulatory enforcement.
Bank Secrecy Act The Bank Secrecy Act requires financial institutions to monitor account activity, keep records and file reports that are determined to have a high degree of usefulness in criminal, tax and regulatory matters, and to implement anti-money laundering programs and compliance procedures.
USA Patriot Act The Patriot Act strengthens U.S. law enforcement’s and the intelligence communities’ abilities to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. The impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds is significant and wide-ranging. The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and imposes various regulations, including standards for verifying client identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation (“OFAC”) The U.S. Treasury Department’s “OFAC” administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes, under authority of various laws, including designated foreign countries, nationals and others. OFAC publishes lists of specially designated targets and countries. The Company and the Bank are responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required.
Regulation W Transactions between a bank and its “affiliates” are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under the Federal Reserve Act. The FDI Act applies Sections 23A and 23B to insured nonmember banks in the same manner and to the same extent as if they were members of the Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve has also issued Regulation W, which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretative guidance with respect to affiliate transactions. Regulation W incorporates the exemption from the affiliate transaction rules, but expands the exemption to cover the purchase of any type of loan or extension of credit from an affiliate. Affiliates of a bank include, among other entities, the bank’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank. The Company is considered to be an affiliate of the Bank. In general, subject to certain specified exemptions, a bank and its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates:
•to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one affiliate; and
•to an amount equal to 20% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all affiliates.
In addition, a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A “covered transaction” includes:
•a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate;
•a purchase of, or an investment in, securities issued by an affiliate;
•a purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions;
•the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; and
•the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.
In addition, under Regulation W:
•a bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate;
•covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and
•with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, of the amount of the loan or extension of credit.
Regulation W generally excludes all nonbank and nonsavings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act In 2010, Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). This significant law affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies.
Key provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are as follows:
•eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts.
•broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor.
•requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a nonbinding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The Company provides its shareholders with the opportunity to vote on executive compensation every year.
•broadened the scope of derivative instruments, and the Company is subject to increased regulation of its derivative business, including record-keeping, reporting requirements, and heightened supervision.
•created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. With total assets in excess of $10 billion, the Company is classified as a large bank and therefore subject to direct supervision and examination by the CFPB.
•debit card and interchange fees must be reasonable and proportional to the issuer’s cost for processing the transaction.
Under the Durbin Amendment contained in the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve adopted rules that apply to banks with more than $10 billion in assets, which establish a maximum permissible interchange fee equal to no more than 21 cents plus 5 basis points of the transaction value for many types of debit interchange transactions. The Federal Reserve also adopted a rule to allow a debit card issuer to recover 1 cent per transaction for fraud prevention purposes if the issuer complies with certain fraud-related requirements required by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve also has rules governing routing and exclusivity that require issuers to offer two unaffiliated networks for routing transactions on each debit or prepaid product.
In 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”) was signed into law, making certain limited amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as certain targeted modifications to other post-financial crisis regulations. While the EGRRCPA eased some regulatory obligations imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, including the requirement to conduct stress testing, it had minimal impact on the Company’s operations.
Incentive Compensation The Dodd-Frank Act required the federal bank regulatory agencies and the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities, with at least $1 billion in total assets such as the Company and the Bank, that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity.
In 2010, the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. These three principles are incorporated into the proposed joint compensation regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act.
The Federal Reserve reviews, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews are tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements.
Volcker Rule The Volcker Rule prohibits an insured depository institution and its affiliates from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain types of investment funds (defined as “Covered Funds”). The rule also effectively prohibits short-term trading strategies and prohibits the use of some hedging strategies. The Company has no investments that met the definition of Covered Funds under the foregoing rules.
Collins Amendment The Collins Amendment includes provisions which are intended to subject bank holding companies to the same capital requirements as bank subsidiaries and to eliminate, or significantly reduce, the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory capital. Accordingly, under the Collins Amendment, trust preferred securities are generally excluded from regulatory capital, except in certain instances based upon asset thresholds established under the Collins Amendment.
Consumer Protection Regulations As a financial institution with more than $10 billion in assets, the Bank is supervised by the CFPB for consumer protection purposes. The CFPB’s regulation of the Bank is focused on risks to consumers and compliance with the federal consumer financial laws and includes regular examinations of the Bank. The CFPB, along with the U.S. Department of Justice and bank regulatory authorities, also seeks to enforce discriminatory lending laws. In such actions, the CFPB and others have used a disparate impact analysis, which measures discriminatory results without regard to intent. Consequently, unintentional actions by the Bank could have a material adverse impact on our lending and results of operations if the actions are found to be discriminatory by our regulators.
The Bank is subject to federal consumer protection statutes and regulations promulgated under those laws, including, but not limited to the following:
•Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
•Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, requiring financial institutions to provide certain information about home mortgage and refinanced loans;
•Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, sex, or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
•Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V, governing the provision of consumer information to credit reporting agencies and the use of consumer information; and
•Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies.
The Bank’s deposit operations are also subject to the following federal statutes and regulations, among others:
•The Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD, which requires disclosure of deposit terms to consumers;
•Regulation CC, which relates to the availability of deposit funds to consumers;
•The Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and
•Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E, governing electronic deposits to, and withdrawals from, deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.
The CFPB examines the Bank’s compliance with such laws and the regulations under them.
Regulation E Federal Reserve Regulation E governs electronic fund transfers and provides a basic framework that establishes the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in electronic fund transfer systems such as automated teller machine transfers, telephone bill-payment services, point-of-sale terminal transfers in stores, and preauthorized transfers from or to a consumer’s account (such as direct deposit and social security payments). The term “electronic fund transfer” generally refers to a transaction initiated through an electronic terminal, telephone, computer, or magnetic tape that instructs a financial institution either to credit or to debit a consumer’s asset account. Regulation E describes the disclosures that financial institutions are required to make to consumers who engage in electronic fund transfers and generally limits a consumer’s liability for unauthorized electronic fund transfers, such as those arising from loss or theft of an access device, to $50 for consumers who notify their bank in a timely manner.
Human Capital
At Rockland Trust, Where Each Relationship Matters®, management is fully committed to creating a respectful and inclusive environment where everyone is given the chance to succeed.
Rockland Trust has been named one of the Boston Globe’s Top Places to Work for 16 years running and has continued to be the top-rated bank in its size category since 2015. In addition to the Boston Globe’s ranking, Rockland Trust has been recognized as a “Best Place to Work” for LGBTQ Equality, scoring 100% on the Human Rights Campaign’s Corporate Equality Index since 2016.
As of December 31, 2024, Rockland Trust employed 1,837 total colleagues, 817 of whom are officers of the Bank. The Company’s largest business units, in terms of total headcount, include Retail, Commercial, and Operations, employing 42.4%, 16.7% and 8.3% of colleagues, respectively. Other business units include Audit, Corporate Services, Executive, Executive Administration, Finance, Human Resources, Investment Management Group, Information Technology, Loan Operations, Marketing, Mortgage, and Risk. Rockland Trust’s average full time equivalent was 1,775, as of December 31, 2024.
Colleague Engagement Rockland Trust is committed to a culture of inclusion, respect, teamwork, and employee engagement. Colleagues are provided with competitive compensation, a comprehensive benefits package and an environment that supports a healthy work-life balance. The Company surveys its colleagues quarterly and annually utilizing effective listening and feedback tools to monitor colleague sentiments around the work experience. The Company is frequently recognized for being a top workplace in areas such as employee appreciation, professional development, and work-life flexibility. According to a recent internal survey, 84% of colleagues would recommend working at Rockland Trust.
Rockland Trust’s competitive benefits include medical, dental and vision insurance, long-term disability insurance, life insurance, a 401(k) voluntary savings plan, an additional defined contribution retirement savings plan, paid time off, illness/personal time, paid parental leave, childcare assistance, wellness program RockFit, dedicated Employee Assistance Program, paid volunteer days, supplemental insurance, pet insurance, and more.
Colleagues are also offered a full suite of learning and development programs designed to support professional growth and career advancement. Formal colleague development programs include the Rising Stars Development Program (for entry-level colleague career advancement), Strategies and Tactics for Emerging Professionals, the Commercial Lender Development Program, and the Retail Management Training Program. Career journeys were developed for some of the Company’s major business units, such as Retail, to offer guidance and transparency on the steps needed to advance within the organization. These journeys provide detail on required trainings, promotion guidelines, position descriptions, mentoring opportunities, and talent development opportunities, all designed to help colleagues navigate and grow their careers.
Colleagues are invited to participate in the Company’s online learning offerings and facilitator-led training opportunities. Rockland Trust also offers Tuition Reimbursement through a decades-long partnership with Cambridge College Global and other colleges and universities. The partnership with Cambridge College Global allows part-time and full-time colleagues to earn their degree at discounted tuition rates, making it virtually cost-free. The partnership also includes access to Cambridge College Global professors who facilitate many of our training programs.
Our leadership philosophy is created using Gestalt-based leadership principles, developed by the Gestalt International Study Center (“GISC”). Through this partnership with GISC, the Company’s flagship leadership development program, Principles of Management, was designed to help all Rockland Trust Managers optimize team performance aligned with the Company’s corporate culture, “Where Each Relationship Matters,” while creating a great place to work for colleagues. As of December 31, 2024, 87% of the managers at Rockland Trust have completed this training program with remaining managers, having been newly hired or promoted within the last year, slated to participate in 2025. Throughout the course of the Company’s relationship with GISC, a suite of leadership development programs have been designed to address the specific development needs of both emerging leaders and long-time managers as the organization grows. Topics such as inclusive leadership, managing up, and the creation of alumni networks have all enabled stronger adoption of the Company’s leadership philosophy and principles that support its culture.
The growth and development of future leaders is also supported by a robust succession planning process for senior leaders and critical positions in the organization. This process allows the Company to identify high potential talent, especially in areas like our Commercial Lending and Commercial Credit teams, and accelerate their path to expanding leadership roles while ensuring our future success and sustainability as a growing organization.
Rockland Trust encourages colleagues to continually seek ways to learn and grow. The Company’s Performance Management and Feedback System allows managers to formally recognize colleagues’ achievements and identify goals and areas for improvement. In addition to this annual feedback, colleagues are also periodically spotlighted in many other ways. Colleagues are encouraged to recognize each other’s excellent internal and external customer service through a peer recognition, “You Make a Difference” award, of which 3,541 awards were earned in 2024. Managers are also provided the opportunity to recognize colleagues privately, through “Kudos” awards. In order to celebrate the academic achievements of colleagues, an annual celebration is hosted by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer to honor degree and certification recipients for that year. Colleagues are also recognized for extraordinary efforts through annual “Shining Star” awards and other awards at the annual all employee meeting.
Community Outreach In 2024, the affiliated charitable foundation of Rockland Trust, Rockland Trust Charitable Foundation Inc., donated approximately $2.5 million to over 330 nonprofit organizations throughout the Company’s footprint. In total, the Bank and our affiliated foundation contributed over $4.3 million to over 1,000 local nonprofit and community organizations. In addition, Rockland Trust employees volunteered over 23,000 service hours in our communities in 2024.
Commitment to Relationships At Rockland Trust, management believes each relationship matters, and that statement goes far beyond the Company’s customers. Rockland Trust deliberately nurtures an inclusive workplace so that each employee is valued and respected. The Company believes creating this culture enables the Company to better perform for its customers and the communities in which it operates. The Company is committed to respecting all colleagues as individuals and to be courteous and considerate to each colleague.
There has been an established inclusion program designed to ensure colleagues are valued and respected at the Company for over 19 years, and this program continues to grow and evolve. In 2024, for the second year in a row, the Company invited managers and leaders to participate on a voluntary basis in an “Inclusive Leadership” program designed to offer managers and leaders ideas about new ways to engage, involve, respect, and value the varied perspectives and contributions of all team members.
Rockland Trust strives to ensure colleagues have an opportunity to be heard, valued and engaged. Rockland Trust offers five Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”) which are open to all employees: Inclusion Network, EmpowHer Alliance, Pride Alliance, Unidos, and The Money Circle. These voluntary, employee-led groups join together to provide opportunities for colleagues to network and engage with one another as well as to get involved in educational and social engagements, including collective charitable works.
Available Information
Under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Company files periodic and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. These filings can be accessed on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Additionally, the Company’s SEC filings, including its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, amendments to these reports, and additional shareholder information are available free of charge on the Company’s website: www.RocklandTrust.com (within the Investor Relations section) as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The Company’s Code of Ethics and other Corporate Governance documents are also available free of charge on the Company’s website in the Investor Relations section. Information contained on the Company’s website and the SEC website is not incorporated by reference into this Report. (The Company has included its web address and the SEC website address only as inactive textual references and does not intend them to be active links to the Company’s website or the SEC website.)

---

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to Changes in Interest Rates
Changes in interest rates and other factors could adversely impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s ability to make a profit, like that of most financial institutions, substantially depends upon its net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. However, certain assets and liabilities may react differently to changes in market interest rates. Further, interest rates on some types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate prior to changes in broader market interest rates, while rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind. Any substantial, unexpected, or prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Factors such as inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, global disorder, instability in domestic and foreign financial markets, political uncertainty, and other factors beyond the Company’s control, may affect interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also affect the level of voluntary prepayments on loans and the receipt of payments on mortgage-backed securities, which can impact the expected timing of receipt of proceeds. Particularly in a decreasing interest rate environment, prepayments may result in proceeds having to be reinvested at a lower rate than the loan or mortgage-backed security being prepaid. Conversely, in a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on the Company’s assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest that the Company pays on its liabilities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay variable rate loans.
Although inflation has slowed since the levels experienced in recent years, possible inflationary pressures and any increases in market interest rates could cause the value of investment securities, particularly those with longer maturities, to decrease, although this effect can be less pronounced for floating rate instruments. In addition, inflation generally increases the cost of goods and services the Company uses in business operations, such as electricity and other utilities, which increases the Company’s non-interest expenses. Furthermore, the Company’s customers are also affected by inflation and the rising costs of goods and services used in their households and businesses, which could have a negative impact on their deposits and/or ability to repay their loans or other obligations increasing the Company’s credit risk. The inflationary outlook in the United States is currently uncertain. If inflationary pressures do not significantly subside, sustained higher interest rates by the Federal Reserve may be needed to tame persistent inflationary price pressures, which could push down asset prices and weaken economic activity.
Economic growth may slow down and the national or global economy may experience downturns, including recessionary periods. Market disruption, including potential disruption resulting from inflation, tariffs and global supply chain interruption, government and central bank policy actions designed to counteract the effects of recession, changes in investor expectations regarding compensation for market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk and changing economic data could impact both the volatility and magnitude of the directional movements of interest rates. Additionally, potential sovereign debt defaults or actions taken by U.S. government to avoid exceeding the debt ceiling may severely impact global and domestic economies and may lead to significantly tighter liquidity and impact the availability of credit. Although the Company pursues an asset/liability management strategy designed to manage its risk arising from changes in interest rates, the Company’s strategy may not be fully effective, or may be effective in part, and changes in market interest rates can have a material adverse effect on the Company’s profitability.
Risks Related to Recent Events Impacting the Financial Services Industry
Events impacting the financial services industry may result in decreased confidence in banks among depositors, investors and other counterparties, as well as competition for deposits and significant disruption, volatility and depressed valuations of equity and other securities of banks in the capital markets. Certain events impacting the financial services industry, including recent bank failures, have had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the market price and volatility of the Company’s common stock. Moreover, these events have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased regulatory scrutiny and expectations, and could lead to further changes to laws or regulations applicable to the Company, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and result in increased costs necessary to comply with any such changes. Additionally, the cost of resolving recent bank failures may prompt the FDIC to increase its premiums above the current levels or result in additional special assessments. Any of the above factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to the Company’s Lending Activities
If the Company experiences credit losses at a level higher than anticipated in the Company’s models, its earnings could materially decrease. The Company’s loan customers may not repay loans according to their terms, and the collateral securing the payment of loans may be insufficient to assure repayment or cover losses. If loan customers fail to repay loans according to the terms of the loans, the Company may experience significant credit losses that could have a material adverse effect on its operating results and capital ratios. The Company makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers, the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans, and the enforce ability of its loan documents. In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, the Company, in addition to assessing the collectability of its loan portfolio, relies on an evaluation of economic conditions, which involves a high level of subjectivity, as well as significant estimates of current credit risks and trends using existing qualitative and quantitative information and reasonable supportable forecasts of future economic conditions, all of which may undergo frequent and material changes. If the assumptions underlying the determination of its allowance for credit losses prove to be incorrect, the current allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio and an adjustment may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in its loan portfolio. A problem with one or more loans could require the Company to significantly increase the level of its allowance for credit losses. In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the Company’s allowance for credit losses and may require it to increase its allowance for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease the Company’s net income and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
A significant amount of the Company’s loans are concentrated in the Bank’s geographic footprint and adverse conditions in this geographic footprint could negatively impact its results of operations. Substantially all of the loans the Company originates are secured by properties located in, or are made to businesses that operate in, Massachusetts and the broader New England area. Because of the current concentration of the Company’s loan origination activities in its geographic footprint, in the event of adverse economic conditions impacting the region (including, but not limited to, increased unemployment, downward pressure on the value of residential or commercial real estate, or political or business developments that may affect the ability of property owners and businesses to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying loans in the Bank’s geographic footprint), the Company would likely experience higher rates of loss and delinquency on its loans than if its loan portfolio were more geographically diversified, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could adversely affect the Company’s asset quality and the profitability of loans secured by real property and increase the number of defaults and the level of losses within the Company’s loan portfolio. The real estate collateral securing the Company’s loans provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower. Should real estate values deteriorate during the time the credit is extended, the Company is potentially exposed to greater losses. A downturn in the real estate market in the Company’s primary market areas could result in an increase in the number of borrowers who default on loans and a reduction in the value of the collateral securing loans, which in turn could have an adverse effect on the Company’s profitability and asset quality. Further, if the Company is required to liquidate collateral securing a loan to satisfy the related debt during a period of reduced real estate values, the Company may experience higher credit losses than expected and its earnings and shareholders’ equity could be adversely affected. Any declines in real estate prices in the Company’s primary markets may also result in increases in delinquencies and losses in its loan portfolios. Unanticipated decreases in real estate prices coupled with events, such as a prolonged economic downturn and elevated levels of unemployment could drive credit losses beyond the level provided for in the Company’s allowance for credit losses. If this occurs, the Company’s earnings could be adversely affected.
The Company’s emphasis on originating commercial loans may increase lending risks. At December 31, 2024, 74.9% of the Company’s loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans. The Company’s commercial loan portfolio includes commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial construction loans, and small business banking loans. Commercial and industrial loans may expose the Company to additional risks since their underwriting is typically based on the borrower’s ability to make repayments from the cash flow of its business and may be secured by non-real estate collateral that may depreciate over time, or by owner-occupied real estate, the value of which is subject to market fluctuations and may deteriorate over the life of the loan. Commercial real estate loans and small business loans generally expose the Company to greater risk of non-payment and loss than residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans typically
depends on the successful operation of the property and the continuity of tenant rental payments. Commercial real estate loans also typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to residential mortgage loans. Factors such as increased prevalence of remote or hybrid work arrangements and consumer preference for online shopping have led and continue to lead to a decreased demand for office and retail space creating increased property vacancies and declining rent growth, which could impact the value of the future cash flow and value of the involved property that serves as loan collateral. Such trends could ultimately result in a shrinkage of the commercial real estate market, which could materially impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition and possibly the Company’s long-term business strategy because commercial real estate loans are currently the Company’s largest loan category. Commercial construction loans are generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than long-term financing on owner-occupied residential real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction as compared to estimated costs. Changes in economic conditions that are outside of the control of the borrower and lender could impact the value of the future cash flow and value of the underlying loan collateral.
The Company may experience losses and expenses if security interests granted for loans are not enforceable. When the Bank makes loans, it sometimes obtains liens, such as real estate mortgages or other asset pledges, to provide the Bank with one or more security interests in collateral. If there is a loan default the Bank may seek to foreclose upon collateral and enforce the security interests to obtain repayment and eliminate or mitigate the Company’s loss. Drafting errors, granting errors, recording errors, other defects or imperfections in the security interests granted to the Bank and/or changes in law may render liens granted to the Bank unenforceable. The Company may incur losses or expenses if security interests granted to the Bank are not properly perfected or are otherwise unenforceable.
Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory and Policy Matters
The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely impacted by changes in industry practices, laws, regulations, and accounting standards. Any change in the industry practices, laws, regulations or accounting standards and failure by the Company to comply with such changes, or a change in regulators’ supervisory policies or examination procedures, whether by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve, other state or federal regulators, the U.S. Congress, or the Massachusetts legislature could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, personnel changes at such regulatory agencies may result in differing interpretations of existing rules and guidelines, including more stringent enforcement and more severe penalties. Any such changes may lead to increased costs of compliance as well an increased risk of formal or informal regulatory actions. Additionally, aspects of current or proposed regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable in the financial services industry, including the adoption of new rules or more aggressive examination and enforcement by the Company’s regulators over its overdraft protection practices, have led certain banking organizations to modify their overdraft protection programs, including the imposition of overdraft transaction fees. These competitive pressures from the Company’s peers could cause the Company to modify its program and practices in ways that may negatively impact the profitability of the Company’s business activities and expose it to increased business and compliance costs, which, in turn could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The costs of compliance with fair lending laws or negative outcomes with respect to challenges of the Company’s compliance with such laws, inclusive of laws impacting banks exceeding $10 billion in total assets, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations or could damage the Company’s reputation. The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose non-discriminatory lending and other requirements on financial institutions. The U.S. Department of Justice and other federal agencies, including the FDIC and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA and other fair lending laws and regulations could result in, among other sanctions, the required payment of damages and civil monetary penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on acquisitions and restrictions on expansion. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. The costs of defending, and any adverse outcome from, any challenge with respect to the Company’s compliance with fair lending laws could damage the Company’s reputation or could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
The impact of changes to the Internal Revenue Code or federal, state or local taxes may adversely affect the Company’s financial results or business. The Company is subject to changes in tax law which could impact the Company’s effective tax rate. Changes in U.S. federal, state and local tax law, interpretation of existing tax law, or adverse determinations by tax authorities, could increase the Company’s tax burden or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. The Company’s results of operations may be impacted by changes resulting from different political philosophies governing individual and corporate taxation, as well as regulation, which may result from the policies of the new
U.S. presidential administration. For example, changes to tax laws and regulations, including various provisions of the Tax Cut and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), which will expire in 2025 if not extended, may negatively impact the Company’s effective income tax rate, financial results, or the amount of any tax assets or liabilities. Tax law changes may or may not be retroactive to previous periods and could negatively affect the current and future financial performance of the Company. Changes in enacted tax rates are recognized when promulgated and therefore could have a material impact on the Company’s results.
Claims and litigation could result in losses and damage to the Company’s reputation. From time to time as part of the Company’s normal course of business, customers, bankruptcy trustees, former customers, contractual counterparties, third parties and former employees make claims and take legal action against the Company based on its alleged actions or inactions. If such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to the Company, they may result in financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Company and its products and services. This may also impact customer demand for the Company’s products and services. Any material financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in U.S. trade policies and other global political factors beyond the Company’s control, including the imposition of tariffs, retaliatory tariffs, or other sanctions, may adversely impact the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. There have been, and may be in the future, changes and discussions with respect to U.S. and international trade policies, legislation, treaties and tariffs, embargoes, sanctions and other trade restrictions. Tariffs, retaliatory tariffs or other trade restrictions on products and materials that customers import or export, including tariffs imposed by the new U.S. presidential administration, or a trade war or other related governmental actions related to tariffs, international trade agreements or policies or other trade restrictions have the potential to negatively impact the Company’s and/or the Bank's customers' costs, demand for the Bank's customers' products, and/or the U.S. economy or certain sectors thereof and, thus, could adversely impact the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, to the extent changes in the global political environment, including the Russia-Ukraine conflict, the conflict in Israel and surrounding areas and the possible expansion of such conflicts, have had and may continue to have a negative impact on the global economy, including the financial services industry generally and, as a result, the Company and the markets in which the Company operates, the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted in the future.
The Company may not be able to detect money laundering and other illegal or improper activities fully or on a timely basis, which could expose it to additional liability and could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company is required to comply with anti-money laundering, anti-terrorism and other laws and regulations in the United States. These laws and regulations require the Company, among other things, to adopt and enforce “know-your-customer” policies and procedures and to report suspicious and large transactions to applicable regulatory authorities. These laws and regulations have become increasingly complex and detailed, require improved systems and sophisticated monitoring and compliance personnel and have become the subject of enhanced government supervision.
The policies and procedures the Company has adopted for the purposes of detecting and preventing the use of its banking network for money laundering and related activities may not completely eliminate instances in which the Company’s platforms may be used by customers to engage in money laundering and other illegal or improper activities. To the extent the Company fails to fully comply with applicable laws and regulations, banking agencies have the authority to impose fines and other penalties on the Company. In addition, the Company’s business and reputation could suffer if customers use its banking network for money laundering or illegal or improper purposes.
Risks Related to the Company’s Strategic Activities
Failure to consummate, or any delay in consummating, the acquisition of Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. for any reason could negatively impact the future business and financial results of the Company. On December 9, 2024, the Company announced its entry into a definitive agreement (the “Merger Agreement”) under which the Company will acquire Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (“Enterprise”) and Rockland Trust Company will acquire Enterprise Bank and Trust Company (the “Merger”). Completion of the Merger is subject to various closing conditions, including, among others, (i) the receipt of the requisite approval of Enterprise’s shareholders of the Merger Agreement, (ii) the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, in each case without the imposition of a “Materially Burdensome Regulatory Condition” as defined in the Merger Agreement, (iii) the absence of any order, injunction, decree or other legal restraint preventing the completion of the Merger or making it illegal, and (iv) the listing of the shares of the Company’s common stock issuable pursuant to the Merger on Nasdaq, subject to official notice of issuance. Each party’s obligation to complete the Merger is also subject to additional customary conditions, including the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the
other party, subject to certain exceptions, and the performance in all material respects by each party of its obligations under the Merger Agreement.
The Merger Agreement provides certain termination rights for both the Company and Enterprise, including that a termination fee of $22,488,000 will be payable by Enterprise in connection with the termination of the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances.
If the Merger is not completed for any reason, the business of the Company may be adversely affected and, without realizing any of the benefits of having completed the Merger, the Company could be subject to a number of risks. In this regard, the Company faces risks and uncertainties due both to the pendency of the Merger and the potential failure to consummate the merger, including:
•the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Merger Agreement;
•the risk that Enterprise’s shareholders may not adopt and approve the Merger Agreement;
•the risk that the necessary regulatory approvals may not be obtained or may be obtained subject to conditions that are not anticipated;
•delays in closing the Merger or other risks that any of the closing conditions to the Merger may not be satisfied in a timely manner;
•the diversion of management’s time and resources from ongoing business operations due to issues relating to the Merger;
•material adverse changes in the Company’s or Enterprise’s operations or earnings; and
•potential litigation in connection with the Merger.
In addition, the Company has incurred and will incur substantial expenses in connection with the negotiation and completion of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. If the Merger is not consummated, the Company could have to recognize these and other expenses without realizing the expected benefits of the Merger.
Acquisitions, including the Merger, may be more difficult, costly or time consuming than expected, and the expected benefits of such acquisitions may not be realized. While focusing on organic growth, the Company’s strategy also includes, in part, growth through opportunistic whole or partial acquisitions of other banks, branches, financial institutions, or related businesses. The Company may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or complete such acquisitions in the future. Competition for acquisitions can be highly competitive, and the Company may not be able to acquire other institutions on acceptable terms. Any possible acquisition may be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain any such approval in a timely manner or at all. Acquisitions may also result in potential dilution of stockholder value or possible future impairment of goodwill and other intangibles.
In addition, fees, expenses and charges associated with any acquisition transaction may be higher than anticipated. Costs or difficulties relating to integration matters might be greater than expected and the Company may be unable to realize expected cost savings and synergies from its acquisitions, such as the Merger, in the amounts and in the timeframe anticipated. For example, it is possible that any integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of the Company’s ongoing business or diversion of management’s attention from other business activities or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the combined company’s ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits and cost savings of a merger. The loss of key employees could adversely affect the Company’s ability to successfully conduct its business in the markets in which an acquired company operates, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial results and the value of its common stock.
Further, following any acquisition, the combined company’s actual cost savings and revenue enhancements, if any, cannot be quantified in advance. Any actual cost savings or revenue enhancements will depend on future expense levels and operating results, the timing of certain events and general industry, regulatory and business conditions. In addition, the Company may not be successful in mitigating deposit erosion or loan quality deterioration at acquired institutions. Many of these events will be beyond the control of the combined company. With respect to the Merger, the Company’s belief that cost savings and revenue enhancements are achievable is a forward-looking statement that is inherently uncertain.
The Company may not realize the value of strategic investments and strategic initiatives that it pursues and such investments and initiatives could divert resources or introduce unforeseen risks to the Company’s business. The Company may execute strategic initiatives or make other strategic investments in businesses, products, technologies or platforms to enhance or grow its business. These strategic initiatives and investments may introduce new costs or liabilities which could impact the Company’s ability to grow or maintain acceptable performance. The Company may be unable to
integrate systems, personnel or technologies from its strategic investments and initiatives. Strategic investments and initiatives may also present unforeseen legal, regulatory or other challenges that the Company may not be able to manage effectively. The planning and integration of a strategic investment or initiative may shift employee time and other resources which could impair the Company’s ability to focus on its core business. New strategic investments and strategic initiatives may not perform as expected due to lack of acceptance by customers or employees, higher than forecasted costs or losses, lengthy transition periods, synergies or savings not being realized and a variety of other factors. This may result in a delay or unrealized benefit, or in some cases, increased costs or other unforeseen risks to the Company’s business.
Risks Related to Financial and Accounting Matters
The Company’s securities portfolio performance in difficult market conditions could have adverse effects on the Company’s results of operations. Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), the Company measures expected credit losses on its securities portfolios in accordance with the CECL methodology, taking into consideration quantitative and qualitative factors such as current market conditions, the extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, volatility of earnings, current analysts’ evaluations, the Company’s ability and intent to hold investments until a recovery of amortized cost, as well as other factors. Adverse developments with respect to one or more of these factors could require the Company to recognize an allowance for credit losses, with the credit related portion of the reduction in the value required to be recognized as a charge to the Company’s earnings. Market volatility can make it extremely challenging to accurately value certain securities the Company holds. Subsequent periodic valuations of securities, taking into consideration then prevailing factors, may result in changes to valuations. Significant negative changes to valuations could result in the recognition of an allowance for credit losses within the Company’s securities portfolio, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
Impairment of goodwill and/or intangible assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on the Company’s results of operations. Goodwill arises when the Company acquires a business for an amount greater than the net fair value of the assets of the acquired business. The Bank has recognized goodwill as an asset on the balance sheet in connection with several acquisitions. Goodwill is an intangible asset. When an intangible asset is determined to have an indefinite useful life, it is not amortized, and instead is evaluated for impairment. The Company conducts goodwill impairment tests annually, or more frequently if necessary. The Company evaluates goodwill using a combined qualitative and quantitative impairment approach. A significant and sustained decline in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in the Company’s expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could result in a finding of impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. If the Company were to conclude that a future write-down of goodwill or other intangible assets is necessary, then the Company would record the appropriate charge to earnings, which could have material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
Deterioration in the performance or financial position of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Boston might restrict the FHLB of Boston’s ability to meet the funding needs of its members, cause a suspension of its dividend, and cause its stock to be determined to be impaired. When necessary, components of the Bank’s liquidity needs are met through its access to funding pursuant to its membership in the FHLB of Boston. The FHLB of Boston is a cooperative that provides services to its member banking institutions. The primary reason for joining the FHLB of Boston is to obtain funding. The purchase of stock in the FHLB of Boston is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding. Any deterioration in the FHLB of Boston’s performance or financial condition may affect the Company’s ability to access funding and/or require the Company to deem the required investment in FHLB of Boston stock to be impaired. If the Company is not able to access funding, it may not be able to meet its liquidity needs, which could have an adverse effect on its results of operations or financial condition. Similarly, if the Company deems all or part of its investment in FHLB of Boston stock impaired, such action could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
Reductions in the value of the Company’s deferred tax assets could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations. A deferred tax asset is created by the tax effect of the differences between an asset’s book value and its tax basis. The Company assesses its deferred tax assets periodically to determine the likelihood of the Company’s ability to realize available benefits. These assessments consider the performance of the associated business and its ability to generate future taxable income. If the information available to the Company at the time of assessment indicates there is a greater than 50% chance that the Company will not realize the deferred tax asset benefit, the Company is required to establish a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset and reduce its future deferred tax assets to the amount the Company believes could be realized. Recording such a valuation allowance could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, the deferred tax assets are determined using effective tax rates expected to apply to the Company’s taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
Accordingly, a change in statutory tax rates may result in a decrease or increase to the Company’s deferred tax assets. A decrease in the Company’s deferred tax assets could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
Some of the Company’s accounting policies require the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the value of the Company’s assets and liabilities and results of operations and if actual events differ from the Company’s estimates and assumptions, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Certain accounting policies require the use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of the Company’s assets and liabilities and results of operations. The Company identified the accounting policies regarding the allowance for credit losses, security valuations and allowance for credit losses, valuation of goodwill, and income taxes to be critical because these policies require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments, estimates and assumptions about matters that are inherently uncertain. Under each of these policies, it is possible that materially different values and results of operations would be reported under different conditions, different judgments, or different estimates or assumptions. Further, as new information becomes available, the Company may make a determination to refine or change its judgments, estimates and assumptions, any of which could materially adversely affect the value of the Company’s assets and liabilities or its results of operations.
From time to time, the FASB and the SEC change applicable guidance governing the form and content of the Company’s financial statements. In addition, accounting standard setters and those who interpret GAAP, such as the FASB, SEC, and banking regulators, may change or even reverse their previous interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. Such changes are expected to continue, and may accelerate. Changes in GAAP and current interpretations are beyond the Company’s control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how the Company reports its financial results and condition. In certain cases, the Company could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively or apply existing guidance differently (also retroactively), which may result in the Company restating prior period financial statements for material amounts. Additionally, significant changes to GAAP may require costly technology changes, additional training and personnel, and other expenses that could materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.
Changes in debt and equity markets or economic downturns could affect the level of assets under administration and the demand for other fee-based services. Economic downturns could affect the volume of income earned from and demand for fee-based services. Revenues from the investment management business depend in large part on the level of assets under administration. Market volatility that results in customers liquidating investments, as well as lower asset values, can reduce the level of assets under administration and decrease the Company’s investment management revenues, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.
Risks Related to Information Security and Technology
The need to mitigate against and react to cyber-security risks, and electronic fraud risks require significant resources, and any system failure, a cyber-security attack or electronic fraud could subject the Company to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities. The risk of electronic fraudulent activity within the financial services industry, especially in the commercial banking sector, due to cyber-attacks (crime committed through or involving the internet, such as phishing, hacking, denial of service attacks, stealing information, unauthorized intrusions into internal systems or the systems of the Company’s third-party vendors) continues to increase and could adversely impact the Company’s operations or damage its reputation. The Company’s information technology infrastructure and systems may be vulnerable to cyber-terrorism, computer viruses, damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, system or third-party software failures and other intentional or unintentional interference, fraud, and other unauthorized attempts to access or interfere with the systems.
Information security risks exist because of the proliferation of modern technologies, including artificial intelligence, as well as sophistication and level of activity of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. Many financial institutions and service providers to financial institutions have reported significant breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, deny service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyber-attacks and other means. The Company has seen attempts to gain unauthorized access to its systems and expects such attempts will continue, and may intensify, in the future. Although to date the Company has not experienced any material losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer such losses in the future.
The Company expects risk exposure to cyber-attacks will remain elevated or increase in the future due to, among other things, the increasing size and prominence of the Company in the financial services industry, its expansion of internet and mobile banking tools and products based on customer needs, and its increasing use of operational software hosted on the
Internet as more and more software solutions used in the Company’s operations migrate from solutions hosted within the Company’s firewalls to internet-hosted solutions at third-party locations.
To help manage the Company’s cyber-risks, when entering a new vendor relationship, the Company reviews and assesses the cyber-security risk of third-party service providers. A successful cyber-security attack on one of the Company’s third-party service providers could disrupt operations, adversely affect the Company’s business, or result in the disclosure or misuse of the Company’s confidential information, including customer confidential information. There can be no assurance that the precautions the Company takes to seek to manage cyber risk related to third-party service providers will be effective or prevent a cyber-attack that could expose the Company to significant operational costs and damages or reputational harm. Although the Company maintains an insurance policy covering these sorts of cyber risks, there can be no assurance that this policy will afford coverage for all possible losses or would be adequate to cover all financial losses, damages, and penalties, including lost revenues, should the Company experience any system failure or cyber-attack in one or more Company or third-party systems.
The Company’s risk-based technology and systems or the personnel who monitor such technology and systems may not identify and/or prevent or effectively mitigate successful cyber-attacks when they occur. Significant operational costs and damages or reputational harm may occur if the Company fails to identify and prevent or effectively mitigate, or there is a delay in identifying, a cyber-attack on its systems or those of its third-party service providers. Any breach, damage or failure that causes an interruption in operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations due to the time and money needed to correct the issue. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through the Company computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in litigation or significant liability to the Company and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with the Company. Finally, depending on the type of incident, banking regulators may impose restrictions on the Company’s business and consumer laws may require reimbursement of customer losses.
The Company continually encounters technological change. The failure to understand and adapt to these changes could negatively impact the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Financial services industries continually experience rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services, such as artificial intelligence, including generative artificial intelligence, machine learning, and similar tools and technologies that collect, aggregate, analyze or generate data or other materials or content. These new technologies may be superior to, or render obsolete, the technologies currently used in the Company’s products and services.
An effective use of technology can increase efficiency, enable financial institutions to better serve customers, and reduce costs. Additionally, as a result of the shift toward remote banking, the Company’s customers have become more reliant on, and their expectations have increased with respect to, new technology-driven products and services. In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for “non-banks” to offer traditional bank products and services using innovative technological platforms such as fintech and blockchain. These “digital banks” may be able to achieve economies of scale and offer better pricing than the Company offers for banking products and services, and they may have fewer regulatory burdens than traditional banks such as the Company. However, some modern technologies needed to compete effectively result in incremental operating costs and capital investments. The Company’s future success depends in part upon its ability to continue to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations. Many of the Company’s competitors, because of their larger size and available capital, have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers within the same time frame as its large competitors or within the time frame expected by its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could lead to loss of customers and could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, its financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is subject to laws regarding the privacy, information security and protection of personal information and any violation of these laws or an incident involving personal, confidential, or proprietary information of individuals could damage the Company’s reputation and otherwise adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. The Company regularly collects, processes, transmits and stores confidential information regarding its customers and employees. In some cases, this confidential or proprietary information is collected, compiled, processed, transmitted or stored by third parties on the Company’s behalf. Legislation and regulation governing the privacy and protection of personal information of individuals (including customers, employees, suppliers and other third parties) have been evolving, expanding and increasing in complexity in recent years, and although the Company makes and will continue to make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to regulatory action or monetary penalties in the event of an incident.
For example, the Company is subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act which, among other things: (i) imposes certain limitations on the ability to share nonpublic personal information about customers with nonaffiliated third parties; (ii) requires that the Company provide certain disclosures to customers about its information collection, sharing and security practices and afford customers the right to “opt out” of any information sharing by us with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions); and (iii) requires that the Company develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing appropriate safeguards based on its size and complexity, the nature and scope of its activities, and the sensitivity of customer information processed by the Company, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Various state and federal banking regulators and states have also enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Ensuring that the collection, use, transfer, and storage of personal information by the Company complies with all applicable laws and regulations can increase costs. Furthermore, the Company may not be able to ensure that all its customers, suppliers, counterparties and other third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of information exchanged with them, particularly where such information is transmitted by electronic means. If personal, confidential, or proprietary information of customers or others were to be mishandled or misused, the Company could be exposed to litigation or regulatory sanctions under personal information laws and regulations. Concerns regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s measures to safeguard personal information, or even the perception that such measures are inadequate, could cause the Company to lose customers or potential customers and thereby reduce revenues. Accordingly, any failure or perceived failure to comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws and regulations may subject the Company to inquiries, examinations and investigations that could result in requirements to modify or cease certain operations or practices or in significant liabilities, fines or penalties, and could damage the Company’s reputation and otherwise adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
The Company’s controls and procedures may be inadequate, and failure to comply with controls and procedures or related regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company faces the risk that the design of its controls and procedures, including those designed to mitigate the risk of fraud by employees or outside third parties, may be inadequate or be circumvented, thereby causing delays or failures in detection of errors or inaccuracies in data and information. The Company regularly reviews and updates the Company’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Company’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, while the Company maintains a control framework designed to monitor service provider risks, including those relating to internet vulnerability fraud and operational errors of employees, the failure of a service provider to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements could be disruptive to the Company’s operations, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, and the Company’s (or the service provider’s) business continuity plans, risk management processes and procedures or security systems may not adequately mitigate such risk.
Risks Related to Liquidity
The Company may be unable to adequately manage its liquidity risk, which could affect its ability to meet its obligations as they become due, capitalize on growth opportunities, or pay dividends on its common stock. Liquidity risk refers to managing the Company’s liquidity so that it can meet its obligations as the obligations become due, opportunistically capitalize on potential growth opportunities as they arise, or pay dividends on its common stock. The Company’s liquidity arises from its ability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding on a timely basis, at a reasonable cost and within acceptable risk tolerances. Liquidity is required to fund various obligations, including credit commitments to borrowers, mortgage and other loan originations, withdrawals by depositors, repayment of borrowings, dividends to shareholders, operating expenses and capital expenditures. The Company’s liquidity is derived primarily from funding obtained from the FHLB of Boston; retail deposit growth and retention; principal and interest payments on loans; principal and interest payments on investment securities the Company issues; sale, maturity and prepayment of investment securities the Company holds; net cash provided from operations; and access to other funding sources. Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged changes in the level or cost of liquidity could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. Factors that could detrimentally impact the Company’s access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which the Company’s loans are concentrated or an adverse regulatory action against the Company. The Company’s ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to the Company, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about prospects for the financial services industry generally.
Risks Related to Environmental and Social Matters
The Company is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Company’s exposure to environmental liability. Environmental reviews conducted prior to originating certain commercial real estate loans, as well as before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, as required by Company policies and procedures, may not detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
Responses to climate change could adversely affect the Company’s business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on its customers. Concerns over the long-term impacts of climate change have led and could continue to lead to governmental efforts in certain regions of the world to mitigate those impacts. Consumers and businesses also may change their behavior on their own as a result of these concerns. The Company and its customers will need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as consumer and business preferences resulting from climate change concerns. The Company and its customers may face cost increases, asset value reductions, operating process changes, and the like. Impacts to the Company could include a drop in demand for its products and services, particularly in certain sectors. In addition, the Company could face reductions in creditworthiness on the part of some customers or in the value of assets securing loans.
Environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) risks could adversely affect the Company’s reputation, business and performance and the trading price of its common stock. The Company may face scrutiny from some investors, customers, regulators and other stakeholders related to its ESG practices. Some investors, investor advocacy groups and investment funds are focused on ESG practices, especially as they relate to the environment, climate change, diversity and inclusion, workplace conduct and human capital management. These stakeholders often have differing priorities and expectations regarding ESG issues, and in some cases conflicting priorities. In addition, “anti-ESG” sentiment is gaining momentum across the U.S., with several states and Congress having proposed or enacted “anti-ESG” policies, legislation, or initiatives or issued related legal opinions, and the new U.S. presidential administration having recently issued an executive order opposing diversity equity and inclusion (“DEI”) initiatives in the private sector.
The subjective nature of methods used by various ESG stakeholders to assess a company with respect to ESG criteria could result in erroneous perceptions or a misrepresentation of our actual ESG policies and practices. Organizations that provide ratings information to investors on ESG matters may also assign unfavorable ratings to the Company.
Failure to adapt to or comply with changing investor or stakeholder expectations and standards on ESG could negatively impact our reputation, our ability to do business with certain customers, vendors, suppliers or other third parties, the Company’s ability to attract and retain employees and our stock price. The Company could also face negative publicity or reputational harm based on the identity of those with whom we choose to do business. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Industry Generally
The Company’s business depends on maintaining the trust and confidence of customers and other market participants, and the Company’s reputation is critical to its business. The Company’s ability to originate and maintain accounts and business is highly dependent upon the perceptions of borrowers and deposit holders and other external perceptions of the Company’s business practices and financial health. The Company’s reputation is vulnerable to threats that can be difficult or impossible to control, and costly or impossible to remediate. Regulatory inquiries, actual or alleged incidents of employee misconduct and rumors, among other things, can substantially damage the Company’s reputation, even if the inquiries, allegations, or rumors are baseless or satisfactorily addressed. Adverse perceptions regarding the Company’s reputation in the consumer, commercial and funding markets could result in difficulties in generating and maintaining accounts and business, as well as in financing accounts and the Company’s business. Further, adverse perceptions can result in decreases in the levels of deposits that customers and potential customers choose to maintain with the Company, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
If the Company’s risk management framework does not effectively identify or mitigate the Company’s risks, the Company could suffer unexpected losses and its results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. The Company’s risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and appropriately balance risk and return. The Company has established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor and report the types of risk to which it is subject, including strategic and emerging risk, culture risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, market and interest rate risk, operations risk, reputation risk, compliance risk, and technology and cyber risk. The Company seeks to monitor and control its risk exposure through a framework of policies, procedures and reporting requirements. Management of the Company’s risks in some cases depends upon the use of analytical and/or forecasting models, which, in turn, rely on assumptions and estimates. If the models used to mitigate these risks are inadequate, or the assumptions or estimates are inaccurate or otherwise flawed, the Company may fail to adequately protect against risks and may incur losses. In addition, there may be risks that exist, or that develop in the future, that the Company has not appropriately anticipated, identified or mitigated, which could lead to unexpected losses and the Company’s results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
The Company has strong competition within its market area which may constrain the Company’s ability to grow and achieve profitability. The Company faces significant competition both in attracting deposits and in the origination of loans. See “Market Area and Competition” in Item 1. Business of this Report. Mergers and acquisitions of financial institutions within the Company’s market area may occur, which could add more competitive pressure as the Company would be competing with the resultant larger financial institutions with greater financial resources on a combined basis. Additionally, the Company’s market share and income may be adversely affected by its inability to successfully compete against larger and more diverse financial service providers. If the Company is unable to compete effectively, it may lose market share or fail to maintain its market share, and income generated from loans, deposits, and other financial products may decline.
The success of the Company is dependent on the Company’s ability to attract, hire and retain certain key personnel. The Company’s business is complex and specialized and performance is largely dependent on the knowledge, talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. The Company relies on key personnel to manage and operate its business, including major revenue producing functions, such as loan and deposit generation. The loss of key personnel could adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain and manage these functions effectively, which could negatively affect the Company’s net income. In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting and hiring expenses or failure to attract talented key personnel, which could adversely impact the Company’s net income. The Company’s continued ability to compete effectively depends on its ability to attract new talented employees and to retain and motivate its existing key employees. Competition for the best people in the Company’s markets and businesses can be intense, and the Company may not be able to hire people or to retain them, in particular due to an increasingly competitive labor market. The labor market continues to experience elevated levels of turnover and the Company has been impacted by an extremely competitive labor market, including increased competition for talent across all aspects of the Company’s business, as well as increased competition with non-traditional competitors, such as fintech companies. Employers are offering increased compensation and opportunities to work with greater flexibility, including remote and hybrid work environments, on a permanent basis. These can be important factors in a current employee’s decision to leave the Company as well as in a prospective employee’s decision to join the Company. As competition for skilled professionals remains intense, the Company may have to devote significant resources to attract and retain qualified personnel, which could negatively impact earnings, and the Company cannot guarantee that all of its key personnel will remain with the Company.
Natural disasters, severe weather, public health crises or other catastrophic or man-made events could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business or results of operations. The nature and level of such natural disasters, public health crises, pandemics or epidemics, or man-made events, including political events such as war, civil unrest or terrorist attacks, and other catastrophic events cannot be predicted. Additionally, the Company’s market area includes coastal regions that are susceptible to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters which cannot be predicted and may be exacerbated by global climate change, including, but not to limited to, rain storms, hurricanes, blizzards and nor’easters and related flooding and wind damage. Such events can disrupt operations, result in damage to properties and negatively affect the local economies in the markets where the Company operates. The Company’s borrowers may suffer property damage, experience interruption of their businesses or lose their jobs, which may negatively impact the ability of these borrowers to make deposits with the Company or repay their loans or negatively impact values of collateral securing loans, any of which could result in losses and increased provisions for credit losses. Additionally, the occurrence of these events could harm the Company’s operations thorough interference with communications, including the interruption or loss of its computer systems which could prevent the gathering of deposits, originating loans and processing and controlling business flow, as well as through the destruction of facilities and operational, financial and management information systems, and could cause us to incur significant costs to repair any resulting damage to the Company’s property or business relationships.

---

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None

---

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
At December 31, 2024, the Bank conducted its business from its main retail branch located at 288 Union Street, Rockland, Massachusetts, 121 retail branches and one mobile branch located within Eastern Massachusetts as well as in Worcester County. In addition to its main office, the Bank leased 73 of its branches and owned the remaining 49 branches. In addition to these branch locations, the Bank had 55 remote ATM locations, all of which are leased.
The Bank’s executive administration offices are located in Hanover, Massachusetts while the remaining administrative and operations locations are housed in several different campuses. Additionally, the Bank operates a number of commercial banking and mortgage lending centers, as well as investment management offices not associated with a branch location throughout the Bank’s footprint.
For additional information regarding the Bank’s premises and equipment and lease obligations, see Notes 4, “Bank Premises and Equipment” and 16 “Leases,” respectively, within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

---

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
At December 31, 2024, Rockland Trust was involved in pending lawsuits that arose in the ordinary course of business. Management has reviewed these pending lawsuits with legal counsel and has taken into consideration the view of counsel as to their outcome. In the opinion of management, the final disposition of such pending lawsuits is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

---

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable
PART II

---

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
(a.) Independent Bank Corp.’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol INDB. The Company declared aggregate cash dividends of $2.28 and $2.20 per share in 2024 and in 2023, respectively. The ratio of dividends paid to earnings in 2024 and 2023 was 50.08% and 40.92%, respectively.
Payment of dividends by the Company on its common stock is subject to various regulatory restrictions and guidelines. Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. Management believes that the Bank will continue to generate adequate earnings to continue to pay comparable common dividends on a quarterly basis.
As of February 24, 2025, there were 42,605,296 shares of common stock outstanding which were held by approximately 3,846 holders of record. The number of record-holders may not reflect the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee name through banks, brokerage firms, and other nominees. The closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2024, the last trading day of the year, was $64.19.
Comparative Stock Performance Graph
The stock performance graph below and associated table compare the cumulative total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2024 to the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Index (U.S. Companies), the KBW NASDAQ Bank Index, and the KBW NASDAQ Regional Banking Index. The lines in the graph and the numbers in the table below represent yearly index levels derived from compounded daily returns that
include reinvestment or retention of all dividends. If the yearly interval, based on the last day of a fiscal year, was not a trading day, the preceding trading day was used. The index value for all of the series was set to 100.00 on December 31, 2019 (which assumes that $100.00 was invested in each of the series on December 31, 2019).
The following information in this Item 5 of this Report is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Exchange Act or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act and will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such a filing. The stock price performance shown on the stock performance graph and associated table below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance. Information used in the graph and table was obtained from a third-party provider, a source believed to be reliable, but the Company is not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information.
The following chart depicts the total return performance of the Company:
(b.) Not applicable
(c.) The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s repurchases of its common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2024:
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Period Total Number of
Shares
Purchased (1) Average Price
Paid Per Share Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plan or
Program Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares
That May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plan or Program
October 1 to October 31, 2024 - $ - - $ -
November 1 to November 30, 2024 - - - $ -
December 1 to December 31, 2024 20 70.89 - $ -
Total 20 $ 70.89 -
(1) These shares were surrendered in connection with the vesting of equity compensation grants to satisfy related tax withholding obligations.
The Company completed its previously announced stock buyback plan during the first quarter of 2024, and there were no active repurchase plans as of December 31, 2024.

---

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

---

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Company is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company, incorporated in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust, a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. For a full list of corporate entities see Item 1 “Business - General.”
All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation, including the following:
•the Company reclassified its portfolio of loans secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate to the commercial and industrial loan category to more appropriately reflect the variation in the management and underlying risk profile of such loans compared with investor-owned commercial real estate loans; and
•the Company combined the presentation of “Software maintenance” and “Subscriptions” costs into “Software and subscriptions” costs within Non-interest expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income. Previously, “Subscriptions” costs were included within “Other noninterest expenses”.
The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.
Executive Level Overview
Management evaluates the Company’s operating results and financial condition using measures that include net income, earnings per share, return on assets and equity, return on tangible common equity, net interest margin, tangible book value per share, asset quality indicators, and many others. These metrics are used by management to make key decisions regarding the Company’s balance sheet, liquidity, interest rate sensitivity, and capital resources and assist with identifying opportunities for improving the Company’s financial position or operating results. The Company focuses on organic growth, but will also consider growth through acquisition. Any potential acquisition opportunities are evaluated for the potential to provide a satisfactory financial return as well as other criteria (ease of integration, synergies, geographical location).
On December 9, 2024, the Company announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement with Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (“Enterprise”), which is currently expected to close in the second half of 2025. The closing of the Enterprise acquisition is subject to certain conditions including approval of the transaction by Enterprise shareholders, receipt of required regulatory approvals, and other customary conditions.
2024 Results
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $192.1 million, or $4.52 on a diluted earnings per share basis, as compared to $239.5 million, or $5.42, on a diluted earnings per share basis for the year ended December 31, 2023, representing decreases of 19.8% and 16.6%, respectively. Financial results for 2024 also reflected pre-tax merger-related costs of $1.9 million associated with the Company’s pending acquisition of Enterprise. Excluding these merger-related costs and the related tax effects, full year 2024 operating net income was $193.4 million, or $4.55, on a diluted earnings per share basis. No such adjustments were included in the Company’s full year 2023 results. See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures.
Full year 2024 results reflected the following key drivers:
•Net interest margin compression of 26 basis points as compared to the full year 2023;
•Loan growth of 1.6%;
•Deposit growth of 3.0%;
•Provision for credit loss primarily impacted by loss exposure in the commercial portfolios;
•Strong fee income; with wealth assets under administration surpassing the $7.0 billion mark;
•Focused expense management; and
•Strong capital levels, with tangible book value growth of $2.83 for the year.
Interest-Earning Assets
The results depicted in the following table reflect the trend of the Company’s interest-earning assets over the past five years and reflect a longer term overall strategy that typically emphasizes loan growth commensurate with overall economic growth. Compared to the prior year, the composition of interest-earning assets at December 31, 2024 primarily reflects growth in the residential real estate and commercial loan portfolios, as well as decreased securities balances reflecting paydowns, calls and maturities. The following table summarizes the Company’s average interest-earning assets for each year presented:
Management strives to be disciplined about loan pricing and considers interest rate sensitivity when generating loan assets. In addition, management takes a disciplined approach to credit underwriting, seeking to avoid undue credit risk and credit losses.
Funding and the Net Interest Margin
The Company’s overall sources of funding reflect strong business and retail deposit growth with a management emphasis on core deposit growth to fund loans. In conjunction with deposit growth, total borrowings decreased by $517.0 million at December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023, driven by a reduction in Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, along with the full redemption of $50.0 million in subordinated debentures during the first quarter of 2024. For further details surrounding the Company’s liquidity risks and related strategy, see “Risk Management - Liquidity Risk” section below within Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations within this Report. The following chart shows the period end balances of the Company’s funding sources for each of the trailing five years:
The Company’s ratio of core deposits to total deposits decreased during 2023 and 2024, primarily attributable to the broader industry demand shift from core deposits to higher yielding time deposits. The following chart shows the percentage of core deposits to total deposits for the trailing five years:
(1) The percentage of core deposits to total deposits presented above is inclusive of reciprocal money market deposits collected through the Company’s participation in the IntraFi Network.
The following table shows the net interest margin and cost of deposits trends for the trailing five year period, reflecting the 2024 impact from overall increases in deposit rates and the correlating direct impact on net interest margin:
Noninterest Income
Noninterest income is primarily comprised of deposit account fees, interchange and ATM fees, investment management fees and mortgage banking income. The following chart shows the components of noninterest income over the past five years:
Expense Control
Management seeks to take a balanced approach to noninterest expense control by monitoring ongoing operating expenses while making needed capital expenditures and prudently investing in growth initiatives. The Company’s primary expenses arise from Rockland Trust’s employee salaries and benefits, as well as expenses associated with buildings and equipment.
The following chart depicts the Company’s efficiency ratio on a GAAP basis (calculated by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of noninterest income and net interest income), as well as the Company’s efficiency ratio on a non-GAAP operating basis, (calculated by dividing noninterest expense, excluding certain noncore items, by the sum of noninterest income, excluding certain noncore items, and net interest income) over the past five years:
*See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.
Capital
The Company’s approach with respect to revenue and expense is designed to promote long-term earnings growth, which in turn contributes to capital growth. Capital balances during 2024 were impacted primarily by earnings retention, dividends, changes in other comprehensive income, and opportunistic share repurchases. The following chart shows the Company’s book value and tangible book value per share over the past five years:
*See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.
Cash dividends declared by the Company increased from an aggregate of $2.20 per share in 2023 to $2.28 per share in 2024, representing an increase of 3.6%. During the first quarter of 2024, the Company repurchased 532,266 shares of its common stock for $31.0 million at an average price per share of $58.22, marking the completion of a $100 million buyback program announced in October 2023.
Non-GAAP Measures
When management assesses the Company’s financial performance for purposes of making day-to-day and strategic decisions, it does so based upon the performance of its core banking business, which is primarily derived from the combination of net interest income and noninterest or fee income, reduced by operating expenses, the provision for credit losses, and the impact of income taxes and other noncore items shown in the table that follows. There are items that impact the Company’s results that management believes are unrelated to its core banking business such as gains or losses on the sales of securities, merger and acquisition expenses, provision for credit losses on acquired portfolios, loss on extinguishment of debt, impairment and other items. Management, therefore, excludes items management considers to be noncore when computing the Company’s non-GAAP operating earnings and operating EPS, noninterest income on an operating basis and efficiency ratio on an operating basis. Management believes excluding these items facilitates greater visibility into the Company’s core banking business and underlying trends that may, to some extent, be obscured by inclusion of such items.
Management also supplements its evaluation of financial performance with an analysis of tangible book value per share (which is computed by dividing stockholders’ equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, or tangible common equity, by common shares outstanding) and with the Company’s tangible common equity ratio (which is computed by dividing tangible common equity by tangible assets) which are non-GAAP measures. The Company has included information on these tangible ratios because management believes that investors may find it useful to have access to the same analytical tools used by management to assess performance and identify trends. The Company has recognized goodwill and other intangible assets in conjunction with merger and acquisition activities. Excluding the impact of goodwill and other intangibles in measuring asset and capital values for the ratios provided, along with other bank standard capital ratios, facilitates comparison of the capital adequacy of the Company to other companies in the financial services industry.
These non-GAAP measures should not be viewed as a substitute for financial results determined in accordance with GAAP. An item which management deems to be noncore and excludes when computing these non-GAAP measures can be of
substantial importance to the Company’s results for any particular period. The Company’s non-GAAP performance measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly named non-GAAP performance measures which may be presented by other companies.
The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items on net income and reconciles non-GAAP net operating earnings to net income available to common shareholders for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31
Net Income Diluted Earnings Per Share
2024 2023 2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP) $ 192,081 $ 239,502 $ 4.52 $ 5.42
Non-GAAP adjustments
Noninterest expense components
Add: merger and acquisition expenses 1,902 - 0.04 -
Noncore increases to income before taxes 1,902 - 0.04 -
Net tax benefit associated with noncore items (1) (535) - (0.01) -
Noncore increases to net income 1,367 - 0.03 -
Net operating earnings (Non-GAAP) $ 193,448 $ 239,502 $ 4.55 $ 5.42
(1)The net tax benefit associated with noncore items is determined by assessing whether each noncore item is included or excluded from net taxable income and applying the Company’s combined marginal tax rate only to those items included in net taxable income.
The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items with respect to the Company’s total revenue, noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue, and the efficiency ratio for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022 2021 2020
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income (GAAP) $ 561,729 $ 606,521 $ 613,249 $ 401,559 $ 367,728 (a)
Noninterest income (GAAP) $ 128,014 $ 124,609 $ 114,667 $ 105,850 $ 111,440 (b)
Noninterest expense (GAAP) $ 406,366 $ 392,746 $ 373,662 $ 332,529 $ 273,832 (c)
Less:
Loss on termination of derivatives - - - - 684
Merger and acquisition expenses 1,902 - 7,100 40,840 -
Noninterest expense on an operating basis (Non-GAAP) $ 404,464 $ 392,746 $ 366,562 $ 291,689 $ 273,148 (d)
Total revenue (GAAP) $ 689,743 $ 731,130 $ 727,916 $ 507,409 $ 479,168 (a+b)
Ratios
Noninterest income as a % of total revenue (GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest income by total revenue) 18.56 % 17.04 % 15.75 % 20.86 % 23.26 % (b/(a+b))
Efficiency ratio (GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest expense by total revenue) 58.92 % 53.72 % 51.33 % 65.53 % 57.15 % (c/(a+b))
Efficiency ratio on an operating basis (Non-GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest expense on an operating basis by total revenue) 58.64 % 53.72 % 50.36 % 57.49 % 57.00 % (d/(a+b))
The following table summarizes the calculation of the Company’s tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per share for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022 2021 2020
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Tangible common equity
Stockholders’ equity $ 2,993,120 $ 2,895,251 $ 2,886,701 $ 3,018,449 $ 1,702,685 (a)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles 997,356 1,003,262 1,010,140 1,017,844 529,313
Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP) 1,995,764 1,891,989 1,876,561 2,000,605 1,173,372 (b)
Tangible assets
Assets (GAAP) 19,373,565 19,347,373 19,294,174 20,423,405 13,204,301 (c)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles 997,356 1,003,262 1,010,140 1,017,844 529,313
Tangible assets (Non-GAAP) $ 18,376,209 $ 18,344,111 $ 18,284,034 $ 19,405,561 $ 12,674,988 (d)
Common shares 42,500,611 42,873,187 45,641,238 47,349,778 32,965,692 (e)
Common equity to assets ratio (GAAP) 15.45 % 14.96 % 14.96 % 14.78 % 12.89 % (a/c)
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (Non-GAAP) 10.86 % 10.31 % 10.26 % 10.31 % 9.26 % (b/d)
Book value per share (GAAP) $ 70.43 $ 67.53 $ 63.25 $ 63.75 $ 51.65 (a/e)
Tangible book value per share (Non-GAAP) $ 46.96 $ 44.13 $ 41.12 $ 42.25 $ 35.59 (b/e)
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.
Table 1 - Selected Financial Data
As of or for the Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022 2021 2020
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Financial condition data
Securities $ 2,711,349 $ 2,930,860 $ 3,129,281 $ 2,664,859 $ 1,162,317
Loans 14,508,378 14,278,070 13,928,675 13,587,286 9,392,866
Allowance for credit losses (169,984) (142,222) (152,419) (146,922) (113,392)
Goodwill and other intangibles 997,356 1,003,262 1,010,140 1,017,844 529,313
Total assets 19,373,565 19,347,373 19,294,174 20,423,405 13,204,301
Deposits 15,305,978 14,865,547 15,879,007 16,917,044 10,993,170
Borrowings 701,374 1,218,379 113,377 152,374 181,060
Stockholders’ equity 2,993,120 2,895,251 2,886,701 3,018,449 1,702,685
Nonperforming loans 101,529 54,383 54,881 27,820 66,861
Nonperforming assets 101,529 54,493 54,881 27,820 66,861
Operating data
Interest income $ 852,753 $ 795,726 $ 642,840 $ 415,276 $ 402,069
Interest expense 291,024 189,205 29,591 13,717 34,341
Net interest income 561,729 606,521 613,249 401,559 367,728
Provision for credit losses 36,250 23,250 6,500 18,205 52,500
Noninterest income 128,014 124,609 114,667 105,850 111,440
Noninterest expenses 406,366 392,746 373,662 332,529 273,832
Net income 192,081 239,502 263,813 120,992 121,167
Per share data
Net income - basic $ 4.52 $ 5.42 $ 5.69 $ 3.47 $ 3.64
Net income - diluted 4.52 5.42 5.69 3.47 3.64
Cash dividends declared 2.28 2.20 2.08 1.92 1.84
Book value 70.43 67.53 63.25 63.75 51.65
Tangible book value (1) 46.96 44.13 41.12 42.25 35.59
Performance ratios
Return on average assets 0.99 % 1.24 % 1.33 % 0.81 % 0.96 %
Return on average common equity 6.53 % 8.31 % 9.05 % 6.34 % 7.13 %
Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent basis) 3.28 % 3.54 % 3.46 % 3.02 % 3.29 %
Dividend payout ratio 50.08 % 40.92 % 35.53 % 51.85 % 50.21 %
Asset quality ratios
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans 0.70 % 0.38 % 0.39 % 0.20 % 0.71 %
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets 0.52 % 0.28 % 0.28 % 0.14 % 0.51 %
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans 1.17 % 1.00 % 1.09 % 1.08 % 1.21 %
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of nonperforming loans 167.42 % 261.52 % 277.73 % 528.12 % 169.59 %
Capital ratios
Equity to assets 15.45 % 14.96 % 14.96 % 14.78 % 12.89 %
Tangible equity to tangible assets (1) 10.86 % 10.31 % 10.26 % 10.31 % 9.26 %
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 11.32 % 10.96 % 10.99 % 12.03 % 9.56 %
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 14.65 % 14.19 % 14.33 % 14.30 % 12.67 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 14.65 % 14.19 % 14.33 % 14.30 % 13.34 %
Total risk-based capital ratio 16.04 % 15.91 % 16.11 % 16.04 % 15.13 %
(1) Represents a non-GAAP measurement. For reconciliation to GAAP measurement, see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Executive Level Overview - Non-GAAP Measures”.
Financial Position
Securities Portfolio The Company’s securities portfolio primarily consists of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency securities, agency mortgage-backed securities, agency collateralized mortgage obligations, and small business administration pooled securities. Also included in the Company’s securities portfolio are trading and equity securities related to certain employee benefit programs. The majority of these securities are investment grade debt obligations with average lives of five years or less. U.S. government agency securities entail a lesser degree of risk than loans made by the Bank by virtue of the guarantees that back them, require less capital under risk-based capital rules than noninsured or nonguaranteed mortgage loans, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans, and may be used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Bank. The Bank views its securities portfolio as a source of income and liquidity. Interest and principal payments generated from securities provide a source of liquidity to fund loans and meet short-term cash needs.
Total securities decreased by $219.5 million, or 7.5%, at December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023, as new purchases of $130.4 million and $22.6 million in unrealized gains related to the available for sale portfolio were offset by calls, paydowns, and maturities. The ratio of securities to total assets decreased to 14.0% at December 31, 2024 as compared to 15.1% at December 31, 2023. The Company estimates expected credit losses for its available for sale and held to maturity securities in accordance with the CECL methodology, as described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
The following table sets forth the fair value of available for sale securities and the amortized cost of held to maturity securities along with the percentage distribution:
Table 2 - Securities Portfolio Composition
December 31
2024 2023
Amount Percent Amount Percent
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair value of securities available for sale
U.S. government agency securities $ 209,660 16.8 % $ 207,138 15.5 %
U.S. treasury securities 592,001 47.3 % 769,102 57.6 %
Agency mortgage-backed securities 378,161 30.2 % 277,047 20.8 %
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 28,995 2.3 % 33,189 2.5 %
State, county and municipal securities 194 - % 190 - %
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers 1,095 0.1 % 1,018 0.1 %
Small business administration pooled securities 40,838 3.3 % 46,572 3.5 %
Total fair value of securities available for sale 1,250,944 100.0 % 1,334,256 100.0 %
Amortized cost of securities held to maturity
U.S. government agency securities - - % 29,521 1.9 %
U.S. treasury securities 100,791 7.0 % 100,712 6.4 %
Agency mortgage-backed securities 788,470 54.9 % 829,431 52.9 %
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 422,827 29.5 % 477,517 30.4 %
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks - - % 1,500 0.1 %
Small business administration pooled securities 122,868 8.6 % 130,426 8.3 %
Total amortized cost of securities held to maturity 1,434,956 100.0 % 1,569,107 100.0 %
Total $ 2,685,900 $ 2,903,363
The Company’s available for sale securities are carried at fair value and are categorized within the fair value hierarchy based on the observability of model inputs. Securities which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no securities categorized as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
The following table sets forth the weighted average yield for each range of contractual maturities of the Bank’s available for sale and held to maturity securities portfolios at December 31, 2024. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Weighted average yields in the table below have been calculated based on the amortized cost of the security.
Table 3 - Securities Portfolio, Weighted Average Yields
Within One Year One Year to Five Years Five Years to Ten Years Over Ten Years Total
Weighted Average Yield
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government agency securities - 1.3 % - - 1.3 %
U.S. treasury securities 0.6 % 1.0 % - - 0.9 %
Agency mortgage-backed securities 3.7 % 2.4 % 2.0 % 2.9 % 2.6 %
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations - - 2.1 % 3.4 % 3.3 %
State, county, and municipal securities - 3.0 % - - 3.0 %
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers - - - 5.1 % 5.1 %
Small business administration pooled securities - - - 2.1 % 2.1 %
Total available for sale securities 0.6 % 1.3 % 2.0 % 2.8 % 1.6 %
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. treasury securities - 1.3 % 1.5 % - 1.3 %
Agency mortgage-backed securities 3.0 % 3.0 % 2.1 % 3.2 % 2.8 %
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations - 2.5 % 1.1 % 1.6 % 1.7 %
Small business administration pooled securities - - 2.5 % 4.1 % 4.0 %
Total held to maturity securities 3.0 % 2.6 % 2.0 % 2.5 % 2.5 %
Total 0.6 % 1.9 % 2.0 % 2.6 % 2.0 %
As of December 31, 2024, the weighted average life of the securities portfolio was 3.7 years and the modified duration was 3.3 years.
At December 31, 2024, the aggregate book value of securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of the Treasury exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly, the following table discloses the aggregate book value and market value of these securities at December 31, 2024:
Table 4 - Aggregate Book Value and Market Value of Select Securities
Aggregate Book Value Aggregate Market Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities issued by:
Fannie Mae $ 1,178,460 $ 1,063,507
Freddie Mac 466,006 418,143
U.S. Department of the Treasury 728,809 685,024
Total $ 2,373,275 $ 2,166,674
Residential Mortgage Loan Sales The Bank’s residential mortgage loans are generally originated in compliance with terms, conditions and documentation which permit the sale of such loans to investors in the secondary market. Loan sales in the secondary market provide funds for additional lending and other banking activities. Depending on market conditions, the Bank may sell the servicing of the sold loans for a servicing released premium, simultaneous with the sale of the loan. For the remainder of the sold loans for which the Company retains the servicing, a mortgage servicing asset is recognized. Additionally, as part of its asset/liability management strategy, the Bank may opt to retain certain residential real estate loan originations for its portfolio. When a loan is sold, the Company enters into agreements that contain representations and warranties about the characteristics of the loans sold and their origination. The Company may be required to either repurchase mortgage loans or to indemnify the purchaser from losses if representations and warranties are found to be not accurate in all material respects. The Company incurred no material losses related to mortgage repurchases during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
The Company experienced a lower volume of residential real estate loan sales for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as compared to 2022, driven primarily by reduced customer demand in the higher interest rate environment. The following table shows the total residential loans that were closed and whether the amounts were held in the portfolio or sold (or held for sale) in the secondary market for the periods indicated:
Table 5 - Closed Residential Real Estate Loans
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Held in portfolio $ 205,611 $ 512,991 $ 689,636
Sold or held for sale in the secondary market 256,429 79,665 84,059
Total closed loans $ 462,040 $ 592,656 $ 773,695
During 2024, a larger portion of new originations were sold in the secondary market versus retained in the Company’s portfolio as compared to the same prior year periods, reflecting the Company’s strategy to shift its residential production to the saleable market.
When a loan is sold, the Company may decide to also sell the servicing of sold loans for a servicing release premium, simultaneously with the sale of the loan, or the Company may opt to sell the loan and retain the servicing. The table below reflects additional information related to loans which were sold during the periods indicated:
Table 6 - Residential Mortgage Loan Sales
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Sold with servicing rights released $ 246,266 $ 75,548 $ 103,221
Sold with servicing rights retained (1) 8,333 649 863
Total loans sold $ 254,599 $ 76,197 $ 104,084
(1)All loans sold with servicing rights retained during the above periods were sold without recourse.
In the event of a sale with servicing rights retained, a mortgage servicing asset is established, which represents the then current estimated fair value based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Servicing rights are recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. Impairment is determined by stratifying the rights based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. The principal balance of loans serviced by the Bank on behalf of investors was $280.2 million at December 31, 2024 and $298.8 million at December 31, 2023.
The following table shows the adjusted cost of the servicing rights associated with these loans and the changes for the periods indicated:
Table 7 - Mortgage Servicing Asset
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance $ 2,641 $ 2,947
Additions 56 5
Amortization (392) (485)
Change in valuation allowance 161 174
Ending balance $ 2,466 $ 2,641
See Note 9, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information on mortgage activity and mortgage related derivatives.
Loan Portfolio The Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2024 increased by $230.3 million, or 1.6%, when compared to December 31, 2023. Total commercial loans increased by $145.2 million, or 1.4%, fueled primarily by the commercial and industrial portfolio, which increased by $121.8 million, or 4.2%, along with steady growth in the small business portfolio, which increased by $29.8 million, or 11.8%, during the period, while the combined commercial real estate and construction portfolios remained relatively flat. The total consumer portfolio increased $85.1 million, or 2.4%, reflecting solid growth in both the home equity and residential real estate portfolios, which increased by $42.5 million, or 3.9%, and $35.8 million, or 1.5%, respectively.
The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by loan type at the dates indicated:
Table 8 - Loan Portfolio Composition
December 31
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount Percent Amount Percent
Commercial and industrial $ 3,047,671 21.0 % $ 2,925,823 20.5 %
Commercial real estate 6,756,708 46.5 % 6,695,671 46.9 %
Commercial construction 782,078 5.4 % 849,586 6.0 %
Small business 281,781 1.9 % 251,956 1.8 %
Residential real estate 2,460,600 17.0 % 2,424,754 16.9 %
Home equity 1,140,168 7.9 % 1,097,626 7.7 %
Other consumer 39,372 0.3 % 32,654 0.2 %
Gross loans 14,508,378 100.0 % 14,278,070 100.0 %
Allowance for credit losses (169,984) (142,222)
Net loans $ 14,338,394 $ 14,135,848
The following table summarizes loans by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2024, along with the indication of whether interest rates are fixed or adjustable:
Table 9 - Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization
December 31, 2024
1 Year or Less 1 - 5 Years 5 - 15 years (2) After 15 Years Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Fixed rate
Commercial and industrial $ 216,030 $ 434,120 $ 142,941 $ 195,634 $ 988,725
Commercial real estate 456,641 1,330,350 597,060 298,660 2,682,711
Commercial construction (1) 22,238 38,187 5,056 119,758 185,239
Small business 32,114 96,773 12,342 57,692 198,921
Residential real estate 50,026 253,232 767,303 689,849 1,760,410
Home equity 24,637 98,350 88,837 92,733 304,557
Other consumer 1,265 1,253 207 126 2,851
Total fixed rate loans 802,951 2,252,265 1,613,746 1,454,452 6,123,414
Adjustable rate
Commercial and industrial 520,338 932,808 261,533 344,267 2,058,946
Commercial real estate 740,049 1,778,148 1,110,600 445,200 4,073,997
Commercial construction (1) 222,344 135,919 11,332 227,244 596,839
Small business 23,365 27,479 9,126 22,890 82,860
Residential real estate 14,859 95,755 287,891 301,685 700,190
Home equity 77,021 248,538 241,064 268,988 835,611
Other consumer 36,521 - - - 36,521
Total adjustable rate loans 1,634,497 3,218,647 1,921,546 1,610,274 8,384,964
Total loans $ 2,437,448 $ 5,470,912 $ 3,535,292 $ 3,064,726 $ 14,508,378
(1)Includes certain construction loans that will convert to commercial mortgages and will be reclassified to commercial real estate upon the completion of the construction phase.
(2)Loans having no schedule of repayments or no stated maturity are reported as being due in the 5-15 years category above.
Generally, the actual maturity of loans is substantially shorter than their contractual maturity due to prepayments and, in the case of real estate loans, due-on-sale clauses, which generally give the Bank the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of real estate loans tends to increase when current real estate loan rates are higher than rates on mortgages in the portfolio and, conversely, tends to decrease when rates on mortgages in the portfolio are higher than current real estate loan rates. Due to the fact that the Bank may, consistent with industry practice, renew a significant portion of commercial and commercial real estate loans at or immediately prior to their maturity by renewing the loans on substantially similar or revised terms, the principal repayments actually received by the Bank are anticipated to be significantly less than the amounts contractually due in any particular period. In other circumstances, a loan, or a portion of a loan, may not be repaid due to the borrower’s inability to satisfy the contractual obligations of the loan.
Asset Quality The Company continually monitors the asset quality of the loan portfolio using all available information. Based on this assessment, loans demonstrating certain payment issues or other weaknesses may be categorized as delinquent, nonperforming and/or put on nonaccrual status. Further details surrounding relevant asset quality categories are summarized below:
Delinquency The Company’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring, which stresses early detection and response to delinquent and default situations. The Company seeks to make arrangements to resolve any delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time frame. Generally, the Company requires that a delinquency notice be mailed to a borrower upon expiration of a grace period (typically no longer than 15 days beyond the due
date). Reminder notices may be sent and telephone calls may be made prior to the expiration of the grace period. If the delinquent status is not resolved within a reasonable time frame following the mailing of a delinquency notice, the Bank’s personnel charged with managing its loan portfolios contacts the borrower to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for payment. Any subsequent actions taken to resolve the delinquency will depend upon the nature of the loan and the length of time that the loan has been delinquent. The borrower’s needs are considered as much as reasonably possible without jeopardizing the Bank’s position. A late charge is usually assessed on loans upon expiration of the grace period.
Nonaccrual Loans As a general rule, loans 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest are classified as nonaccrual loans. However, certain loans that are 90 days or more past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loans are well secured and in the process of collection. Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. A loan remains on nonaccrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest and remains current for a minimum period of six months, the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged-off against the allowance for credit losses.
Loan Modifications In the course of resolving problem loans, the Company may choose to modify the contractual terms of certain loans. The Company attempts to work out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid or cure a default. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status and may include adjustments to term extensions, interest rates, other than insignificant payment delays and/or a combination thereof. These actions are intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. If such efforts by the Bank do not result in satisfactory performance, the loan is referred to legal counsel, at which time foreclosure proceedings are initiated. At any time prior to a sale of the property at foreclosure, the Bank may terminate foreclosure proceedings if the borrower is able to work out a satisfactory payment plan. All loan modifications are reviewed by the Company to identify if a borrower is deemed to be experiencing financial difficulty at time of the modification.
Purchased Credit Deteriorated Loans Purchased Credit Deteriorated (“PCD”) loans are acquired loans which have shown a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. PCD loans are recorded at amortized cost with an allowance for credit losses recorded upon purchase.
Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming assets are typically comprised of nonperforming loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”). Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans and loans that are 90 days or more past due but still accruing interest.
OREO consists of real estate properties, which have primarily served as collateral to secure loans, that are controlled or owned by the Bank. These properties are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a new cost basis. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated costs to sell) of the foreclosed asset is charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset below the new cost basis are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in the fair value are recorded as reductions in the valuation allowance, but not below zero. All costs incurred thereafter in maintaining the property are generally charged to noninterest expense. In the event the real estate is utilized as a rental property, net rental income and expenses are recorded as incurred within noninterest expense.
The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming assets held by the Bank at the dates indicated:
Table 10 - Nonperforming Assets
December 31
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis
Commercial and industrial $ 14,152 $ 26,805
Commercial real estate 74,343 16,335
Small business 302 398
Residential real estate 10,243 7,634
Home equity 2,479 3,171
Other consumer 10 40
Total nonperforming loans 101,529 54,383
Other real estate owned - 110
Total nonperforming assets $ 101,529 $ 54,493
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans 0.70 % 0.38 %
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets 0.52 % 0.28 %
The following table summarizes the changes in nonperforming assets for the periods indicated:
Table 11 - Activity in Nonperforming Assets
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming assets beginning balance $ 54,493 $ 54,881
New to nonperforming 87,721 58,712
Loans charged-off (10,347) (34,782)
Loans paid-off (17,721) (19,719)
Loans transferred to other real estate owned/other assets - (110)
Loans restored to performing status (12,576) (4,994)
New to other real estate owned - 110
Sale of other real estate owned (110) -
Other 69 395
Nonperforming assets ending balance $ 101,529 $ 54,493
Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level that management considers appropriate to provide for the Company’s current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance is increased by providing for credit losses through a charge to expense and by credits for recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced by loans being charged-off.
In accordance with its Allowance for Credit Losses Program, the Company uses the Current Expected Credit Losses (or “CECL”) model methodology to estimate credit losses for financial assets on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. The model estimates expected credit losses using loan level data over the contractual life of the exposure, which is adjusted for estimated prepayments. Economic forecasts are incorporated into the estimate over a reasonable and supportable forecast period of one year, beyond which is a reversion to the Company’s historical long-run average over a period of six months. The Company’s qualitative assessment is structured based upon nine qualitative risk factors impacting the expected risk of loss within the loan portfolio, with an additional factor
designed to capture model imprecision. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that will be individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable.
Management’s allowance for credit loss estimate incorporates an economic forecast over a reasonable and supportable period of 12 months. As of December 31, 2024, the forecast selected by management assumes that the Federal Reserve will make two 25 basis point cuts to the policy rate in 2025 and gradually reduce rates to a neutral level of 3% by late 2026, that progress toward inflation normalization will be slowed as a result of expected fiscal, tariff and immigration policies implemented by the new U.S. presidential administration, and that the 10-year treasury yield will remain elevated near 4% through 2025 and will only gradually decline by the end of the decade. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses is qualitatively adjusted on a quarterly basis in order to ensure coverage for relationships that are deemed to be more at risk within certain industries, specific collateral types, or other specific characteristics that may be highly impacted by the current economic environment.
The following table summarizes the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding within each major loan category for the periods presented:
Table 12 - Summary Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Outstanding
Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries) Average Amount Outstanding Ratio of Net Charge-Offs/(Recoveries) to Average Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Commercial and industrial $ 5,804 $ 2,980,286 0.19 %
Commercial real estate - 6,731,055 - %
Commercial construction - 800,254 - %
Small business 595 267,212 0.22 %
Residential real estate - 2,434,114 - %
Home equity 37 1,115,598 - %
Other consumer (1) 2,052 33,761 6.08 %
Total $ 8,488 $ 14,362,280 0.06 %
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Commercial and industrial $ 23,419 $ 3,026,327 0.77 %
Commercial real estate 7,855 6,460,088 0.12 %
Commercial construction - 1,019,871 - %
Small business 392 235,108 0.17 %
Residential real estate - 2,217,971 - %
Home equity (15) 1,093,546 - %
Other consumer (1) 1,796 31,202 5.76 %
Total $ 33,447 $ 14,084,113 0.24 %
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial $ (49) $ 2,886,383 - %
Commercial real estate (271) 6,459,892 - %
Commercial construction - 1,191,394 - %
Small business 47 204,982 0.02 %
Residential real estate - 1,831,493 - %
Home equity 1 1,061,228 - %
Other consumer (1) 1,275 31,986 3.99 %
Total $ 1,003 $ 13,667,358 0.01 %
(1) Other consumer portfolio is inclusive of deposit account overdrafts recorded as loan balances and the associated net charge-offs.
For purposes of the allowance for credit losses, management segregates the portfolio based upon loans sharing similar risk characteristics. The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is made to each loan category using the analytical techniques and estimation methods described in this Report. While these amounts represent management’s best estimate of credit losses at the evaluation dates, they are not necessarily indicative of either the categories in which actual losses may occur or the extent of such actual losses that may be recognized within each category. Each of these loan categories possess unique risk characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level of allowance for each segment. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.
The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan category at the dates indicated:
Table 13 - Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses
December 31
2024 2023
Allowance
Amount Percent of Allowance of Total Allowance Percent of Loans In Category of Total Loans Allowance
Amount Percent of Allowance of Total Allowance Percent of Loans In Category of Total Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial $ 27,800 16.4 % 21.0 % $ 33,317 23.4 % 20.5 %
Commercial real estate 92,535 54.4 % 46.5 % 60,074 42.3 % 46.9 %
Commercial construction 8,166 4.8 % 5.4 % 7,683 5.4 % 6.0 %
Small business 4,182 2.5 % 1.9 % 3,963 2.8 % 1.8 %
Residential real estate 25,238 14.8 % 17.0 % 23,637 16.6 % 16.9 %
Home equity 11,007 6.5 % 7.9 % 12,797 9.0 % 7.7 %
Other consumer 1,056 0.6 % 0.3 % 751 0.5 % 0.2 %
Total $ 169,984 100.0 % 100.0 % $ 142,222 100.0 % 100.0 %
To determine if a loan should be charged-off, all possible sources of repayment are analyzed. Possible sources of repayment include the potential for future cash flows, the value of the Bank’s collateral, and the strength of co-makers or guarantors, if applicable. When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged-off against the allowance for credit losses and any recoveries of such previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance.
Regardless of whether a loan is unsecured or collateralized, the Company charges off the amount of any confirmed loan loss in the period when the loans, or portions of loans, are deemed uncollectible. For troubled, collateral-dependent loans, loss-confirming events may include an appraisal or other valuation that reflects a shortfall between the value of the collateral and the carrying value of the loan or receivable, or a deficiency balance following the sale of the collateral.
For additional information regarding the Bank’s allowance for credit losses, see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 3, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock The FHLB is a cooperative that provides services to its member banking institutions. The primary reason for the FHLB of Boston membership is to gain access to a reliable source of wholesale funding as a tool to manage liquidity and interest rate risk. The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding. The Company either purchases additional FHLB stock or is subject to redemption of FHLB stock proportional to the volume of funding received. The Company views the holdings as a necessary long-term investment for the purpose of balance sheet liquidity and not for investment return. The Company’s investments in FHLB of Boston stock decreased to $31.6 million at December 31, 2024 compared to $43.6 million at December 31, 2023, reflecting reduced levels of outstanding FHLB borrowings, which decreased by $467.0 million, or 42.2%, from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2023 to $638.5 million at December 31, 2024, largely attributable to growth in deposit balances experienced during 2024.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets were $997.4 million and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
The Company typically performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of the year, unless certain indicators suggest earlier testing to be warranted, using a combined qualitative and quantitative approach. The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is performed to compare carrying value to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
The Company’s annual impairment test was performed as of August 31, 2024 using a quantitative impairment test which leveraged a combination of income and market valuation approaches to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit. The income valuation approach utilized a discounted cash flow analysis, while the market approach utilized a combination of the guideline public company and comparative transactions approaches, whereby market multiples used to estimate fair values were derived from market stock prices of, and comparable transactions announced by public companies that are engaged in the same or similar lines of business. The results of the annual assessment determined that the Company’s goodwill was not impaired and that the fair value of its reporting unit was in excess of its carrying value by greater than 10%. Events or circumstances that could negatively impact the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit in the future include a sustained decrease in the Company’s stock price, continued decline in industry peer multiples, and further deterioration of the Company’s financial projections.
The quantitative impairment test relied upon certain key assumptions, including projected financial information deemed by management to be reasonable based on the Company’s past and expected future performance, as well as a discount rate consistent with the Company’s cost of capital. Additionally, management performed sensitivity analyses over various financial assumptions used in the model noting results which further corroborated the conclusions reached.
Other intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2024 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets. For additional information regarding the goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 5, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies The Bank holds life insurance policies for the purpose of offsetting its future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefits plans. The cash surrender value of life insurance policies was $304.0 million and $297.4 million at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
The Company recorded tax exempt income from life insurance policies in the amounts of $8.1 million, $7.9 million, and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company also recorded gains on life insurance benefits of $457,000, $2.3 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Deposits At December 31, 2024, total deposits were $15.3 billion, representing a $440.4 million, or 3.0% increase compared to $14.9 billion at December 31, 2023, reflecting continued consumer demand for higher cost time deposits, along with strong business and municipal deposit inflows. The total cost of deposits was 1.63% for the year ended December 31, 2024, representing an increase of 67 basis points from the prior year, reflecting an overall higher rate environment in 2024 as compared to the prior year.
The Company’s deposits are comprised primarily of core deposits (demand, savings and money market), as well as time deposits. The Company’s ratio of core deposits, inclusive of reciprocal money market deposits, to total deposits represented 81.7% at December 31, 2024 compared to 84.6% at December 31, 2023, with the decrease driven primarily by core deposit outflows in conjunction with growth in time deposits. In addition, the Company may also utilize brokered deposit sources, as needed, with balances of $61.2 million and $100.9 million outstanding at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
The Company’s deposit accounts are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The FDIC offers insurance coverage on deposits up to the federally insured limit of $250,000. The Company participates in the IntraFi Network, allowing it to provide
easy access to multi-million dollar FDIC deposit insurance protection on certificate of deposit and money market investments for consumers, businesses and public entities. This channel allows the Company to access a reciprocal deposit exchange that can be used to benefit customers seeking increased FDIC insurance protection, and amounted to $1.1 billion and $959.1 million in deposits, at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The estimated balance of uninsured deposits at the Bank were $5.0 billion and $4.6 billion as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. Included in these amounts are $814.0 million and $720.5 million of collateralized deposits, which offer additional protection to the customer.
Scheduled maturities of time deposits not covered by deposit insurance at December 31, 2024, were as follows:
Table 14 - Maturities of Uninsured Time Deposits
December 31, 2024
(Dollars in thousands)
Due within 3 months or less $ 188,360
Due after 3 months through 6 months 152,777
Due after 6 months through 12 months 65,496
Due after 12 months 5,834
Total uninsured time deposits (1) 412,467
(1)Amounts of uninsured time deposits presented in the table above are estimates determined based upon a relative proportion of customer account balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits, and in a manner consistent with the Company’s regulatory reporting requirements.
Borrowings The Company’s borrowings consist of both short-term and long-term borrowings and provide the Bank with one of its primary sources of funding. Maintaining available borrowing capacity provides the Bank with a contingent source of liquidity. Borrowings were $701.4 million at December 31, 2024, representing a decrease of $517.0 million, compared to December 31, 2023. The decrease was experienced primarily within Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, which decreased $467.0 million in conjunction with deposit balance growth during 2024. In addition, the Company fully redeemed its outstanding subordinated debentures with an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million during the first quarter of 2024. See Note 7, “Borrowings” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding borrowings.
Liquidity and Capital Resources The Company proactively manages its liquidity and cash flow requirements with the intent to maintain stable, cost-effective funding and to promote the strength of its overall balance sheet. The liquidity position of the Company is continuously monitored by management and adjustments are made to appropriately balance sources and uses of funds, as needed. For further details surrounding the Company’s liquidity risks and related strategy, see the “Risk Management - Liquidity Risk” section below within Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations within this Report.
At December 31, 2024, the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum requirements for Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, total capital, and Tier 1 leverage capital, inclusive of the capital conservation buffer. See Note 18, “Regulatory Matters” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding capital requirements.
Investment Management
The following table presents total assets under administrations and number of accounts held by the Rockland Trust Investment Management Group at the following dates:
Table 15 - Assets Under Administration
December 31
2024 December 31
2023 December 31
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets under administration $ 7,035,315 $ 6,537,905 $ 5,792,857
Number of trust, fiduciary and agency accounts 6,637 6,550 6,459
The Company’s Investment Management Group provides investment management and trust services to individuals, institutions, small businesses, and charitable institutions.
Accounts maintained by the Investment Management Group consist of managed and nonmanaged accounts. Managed accounts are those for which the Bank is responsible for administration and investment management and/or investment advice, while nonmanaged accounts are those for which the Bank acts solely as a custodian or directed trustee. The Bank receives fees dependent upon the level and type of service(s) provided. The Investment Management Group generated gross fee revenues of $38.3 million, $34.6 million, and $32.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Total assets under administration as of December 31, 2024 were $7.0 billion, including $418.2 million of investment solutions designed by Rockland Trust that are administered and executed through its agreement with LPL Financial (“LPL”), compared to $6.5 billion and $383.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2023. The Company also has a subsidiary that is a registered investment advisor, Bright Rock Capital Management, LLC, which provides institutional quality investment management services to both institutional and high net worth clients. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, included in the assets under administration amounts above, there were $491.5 million and $449.8 million, respectively, relating to the Company's registered investment advisor.
The administration of trust and fiduciary accounts is monitored by the Trust Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The Trust Committee has delegated administrative responsibilities to three committees, one for investments, one for administration, and one for operations, all of which are comprised of Investment Management Group officers who meet no less than quarterly.
The Bank has an agreement with LPL and its affiliates and their insurance subsidiary, LPL Insurance Associates, Inc., to offer the sale of mutual fund shares, unit investment trust shares, general securities, advisory platforms, fixed and variable annuities and life insurance. Registered representatives who are both employed by the Bank and licensed and contracted with LPL are onsite to offer these products to the Bank’s customer base. These same agents are also approved and appointed with various other Broker General Agents for the purposes of processing insurance solutions for clients. The retail investments and insurance revenues were $4.4 million, $5.6 million, and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Results of Operations
Table 16 - Summary of Results of Operations
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income $ 192,081 $ 239,502 $ 263,813
Diluted earnings per share $ 4.52 $ 5.42 $ 5.69
Return on average assets 0.99 % 1.24 % 1.33 %
Return on average equity 6.53 % 8.31 % 9.05 %
Stockholders’ equity as % of assets 15.45 % 14.96 % 14.96 %
Net interest margin 3.28 % 3.54 % 3.46 %
Net Interest Income The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the volume, mix, and interest rate sensitivity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $566.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, representing a 7.3% decrease from net interest income of $611.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The 2024 decrease in net interest income was attributable to rising deposit costs, resulting in a 26 basis point reduction in net margin to 3.28%, as compared to 3.54% for the prior year.
The following table presents the Company’s average balances, net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022. Nontaxable income from loans and securities is presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis by adjusting tax-exempt income upward by an amount equivalent to the prevailing federal income taxes that would have been paid if the income had been fully taxable.
Table 17 - Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
Average Balance Interest Earned/ Paid Average Yield Average Balance Interest Earned/ Paid Average Yield Average Balance Interest Earned/ Paid Average Yield
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold, and short term investments $ 125,066 $ 5,669 4.53 % $ 118,806 $ 5,186 4.37 % $ 1,222,434 $ 14,385 1.18 %
Securities
Securities - trading 4,562 - - % 4,411 - - % 3,764 - - %
Securities - taxable investments 2,791,246 57,092 2.05 % 3,027,769 60,336 1.99 % 2,948,358 50,354 1.71 %
Securities - nontaxable investments (1) 192 7 3.65 % 190 7 3.68 % 196 7 3.57 %
Total securities 2,796,000 57,099 2.04 % 3,032,370 60,343 1.99 % 2,952,318 50,361 1.71 %
Loans held for sale 11,960 712 5.95 % 3,289 190 5.78 % 4,774 172 3.60 %
Loans (2)
Commercial and industrial 2,980,286 182,548 6.13 % 3,026,327 180,551 5.97 % 2,886,383 131,497 4.56 %
Commercial real estate (1) 6,731,055 350,539 5.21 % 6,460,088 311,787 4.83 % 6,459,892 272,170 4.21 %
Commercial construction 800,254 58,455 7.30 % 1,019,871 66,440 6.51 % 1,191,394 57,804 4.85 %
Small business 267,212 17,605 6.59 % 235,108 14,428 6.14 % 204,982 10,886 5.31 %
Total commercial 10,778,807 609,147 5.65 % 10,741,394 573,206 5.34 % 10,742,651 472,357 4.40 %
Residential real estate 2,434,114 106,797 4.39 % 2,217,971 88,210 3.98 % 1,831,493 63,443 3.46 %
Home equity 1,115,598 75,543 6.77 % 1,093,546 70,698 6.47 % 1,061,228 44,048 4.15 %
Total consumer real estate 3,549,712 182,340 5.14 % 3,311,517 158,908 4.80 % 2,892,721 107,491 3.72 %
Other consumer 33,761 2,530 7.49 % 31,202 2,418 7.75 % 31,986 2,114 6.61 %
Total loans 14,362,280 794,017 5.53 % 14,084,113 734,532 5.22 % 13,667,358 581,962 4.26 %
Total Interest-Earning Assets 17,295,306 857,497 4.96 % 17,238,578 800,251 4.64 % 17,846,884 646,880 3.62 %
Cash and Due from Banks 179,955 180,553 184,812
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 37,155 33,734 7,134
Other Assets 1,831,516 1,853,585 1,858,210
Total Assets $ 19,343,932 $ 19,306,450 $ 19,897,040
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts $ 5,169,237 $ 66,334 1.28 % $ 5,489,923 $ 43,073 0.78 % $ 6,159,289 $ 8,339 0.14 %
Money market 2,941,539 69,998 2.38 % 3,022,322 51,630 1.71 % 3,489,981 11,683 0.33 %
Time certificates of deposits 2,600,190 110,630 4.25 % 1,724,625 50,050 2.90 % 1,310,442 4,630 0.35 %
Total interest-bearing deposits 10,710,966 246,962 2.31 % 10,236,870 144,753 1.41 % 10,959,712 24,652 0.22 %
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 840,611 39,048 4.65 % 782,121 37,624 4.81 % 16,138 313 1.94 %
Long-term borrowings - - - % - - - % 2,235 31 1.39 %
Junior subordinated debentures 62,859 4,506 7.17 % 62,857 4,359 6.93 % 62,854 2,125 3.38 %
Subordinated debt 10,107 508 5.03 % 49,933 2,470 4.95 % 49,837 2,470 4.96 %
Total borrowings 913,577 44,062 4.82 % 894,911 44,453 4.97 % 131,064 4,939 3.77 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities 11,624,543 291,024 2.50 % 11,131,781 189,206 1.70 % 11,090,776 29,591 0.27 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 4,431,303 4,918,787 5,559,997
Other liabilities 345,286 374,585 330,371
Total liabilities 16,401,132 16,425,153 16,981,144
Stockholders’ equity 2,942,800 2,881,297 2,915,896
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 19,343,932 $ 19,306,450 $ 19,897,040
Net interest income (1) $ 566,473 $ 611,045 $ 617,289
Interest rate spread (3) 2.46 % 2.94 % 3.35 %
Net interest margin (4) 3.28 % 3.54 % 3.46 %
Supplemental Information
Total deposits, including demand deposits $ 15,142,269 $ 246,962 $ 15,155,657 $ 144,753 $ 16,519,709 $ 24,652
Cost of total deposits 1.63 % 0.96 % 0.15 %
Total funding liabilities, including demand deposits $ 16,055,846 $ 291,024 $ 16,050,568 $ 189,206 $ 16,650,773 $ 29,591
Cost of total funding liabilities 1.81 % 1.18 % 0.18 %
(1)The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $4.7 million, $4.5 million, and $4.0 million for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
(2)Includes average nonaccruing loans.
(3)Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average costs of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
The following table presents certain information on a fully-tax equivalent basis regarding changes in the Company’s interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in volume/rate (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) which is allocated to the change due to rate column:
Table 18 - Volume Rate Analysis
Years Ended December 31
2023 Compared To 2022 2023 Compared To 2022 2022 Compared To 2021
Change
Due to
Rate Change
Due to
Volume Total
Change Change
Due to
Rate Change
Due to
Volume Total
Change Change
Due to
Rate Change
Due to
Volume Total
Change
(Dollars in thousands)
Income on interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits, federal funds sold and short term investments $ 210 $ 273 $ 483 $ 3,788 $ (12,987) $ (9,199) $ 12,750 $ (859) $ 11,891
Securities
Taxable securities 1,469 (4,713) (3,244) 8,626 1,356 9,982 300 19,577 19,877
Nontaxable securities (1) - - - - - - (1) (12) (13)
Total securities (3,244) 9,982 19,864
Loans held for sale 21 501 522 72 (54) 18 52 (736) (684)
Loans
Commercial and industrial 4,744 (2,747) 1,997 42,679 6,375 49,054 13,778 (10,081) 3,697
Commercial real estate 25,674 13,078 38,752 39,609 8 39,617 9,676 124,634 134,310
Commercial construction 6,322 (14,307) (7,985) 16,958 (8,322) 8,636 10,043 23,065 33,108
Small business 1,207 1,970 3,177 1,942 1,600 3,542 350 1,260 1,610
Total commercial 35,941 100,849 172,725
Residential real estate 9,991 8,596 18,587 11,379 13,388 24,767 (2,442) 19,606 17,164
Home equity 3,419 1,426 4,845 25,309 1,341 26,650 7,674 1,214 8,888
Total consumer real estate 23,432 51,417 26,052
Total other consumer (86) 198 112 356 (52) 304 (120) 566 446
Loans (1) 59,485 152,570 199,223
Total $ 57,246 $ 153,371 $ 230,294
Expense of interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts $ 25,777 $ (2,516) $ 23,261 $ 35,640 $ (906) $ 34,734 $ 6,179 $ 550 $ 6,729
Money market 19,748 (1,380) 18,368 41,513 (1,566) 39,947 9,007 746 9,753
Time certificates of deposits 35,170 25,410 60,580 43,957 1,463 45,420 (2,072) 1,915 (157)
Total interest-bearing deposits 102,209 120,101 16,325
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (1,390) 2,814 1,424 22,455 14,856 37,311 (35) (549) (584)
Line of credit - - - - - - -
Long-term borrowings - - - - (31) (31) (4) (296) (300)
Junior subordinated debentures 147 - 147 2,234 - 2,234 433 - 433
Subordinated debt 8 (1,970) (1,962) (5) 5 - (5) 5 -
Total borrowings (391) 39,514 (451)
Total $ 101,818 $ 159,615 $ 15,874
Change in net interest income $ (44,572) $ (6,244) $ 214,420
(1)The table above reflects income determined on a fully tax equivalent basis. See footnotes to Table 17 above for the related adjustments.
Provision For Credit Losses The provision for credit losses represents the charge to expense that is required to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses. The Company recorded a provision for credit losses $36.3 million, $23.3 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, primarily attributable to idiosyncratic events within the commercial portfolios.
The Company’s allowance for credit losses, as a percentage of total loans, was 1.17%, 1.00% and 1.09% at December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. See Note 3, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, for further details surrounding the primary drivers of the provision for credit losses during the period.
Noninterest Income The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest income for the periods shown:
Table 19 - Noninterest Income
Years Ended December 31
Change
2024 2023 Amount %
(Dollars in thousands)
Deposit account fees $ 26,455 $ 23,486 $ 2,969 12.6 %
Interchange and ATM fees 19,055 18,108 947 5.2 %
Investment management 42,744 40,191 2,553 6.4 %
Mortgage banking income 4,143 2,326 1,817 78.1 %
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies 8,086 7,868 218 2.8 %
Gain on life insurance benefits 457 2,291 (1,834) (80.1) %
Loan level derivative income 2,117 3,327 (1,210) (36.4) %
Other noninterest income 24,957 27,012 (2,055) (7.6) %
Total $ 128,014 $ 124,609 $ 3,405 2.7 %
The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest income categories shown in the preceding table are noted below:
•Deposit account fees increased year-over-year due primarily to increased overdraft and cash management fees.
•Interchange and ATM fees increased year-over-year due to transaction volumes.
•Investment management and advisory income increased year-over-year, driven largely by higher levels of assets under administration, which increased by $497.4 million, or 7.6%, from $6.5 billion at December 31, 2023 to $7.0 billion at December 31, 2024. This increase was partially offset by lower insurance commissions recognized in 2024 as compared to 2023.
•Mortgage banking income increased year-over-year, driven by a greater portion of new originations being sold in the secondary market versus being retained in the Company’s portfolio in 2024.
•Gain on life insurance benefits decreased year-over-year as the Company received lower levels of proceeds on life insurance policies.
•Loan level derivative decreased year-over-year, reflecting fluctuations in customer demand fueled by changes in the macroeconomic environment.
•Other noninterest income decreased year-over-year, driven primarily by a $1.9 million decrease in discounted purchases of Massachusetts historical tax credits, lower commercial loan fees, and reduced unrealized gains on equity securities. These decreases were partially offset by increases in FHLB dividend income and equity capital gain distributions.
Noninterest Expense The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest expense for the periods shown:
Table 20 - Noninterest Expense
Years Ended December 31
Change
2024 2023 Amount %
(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits $ 233,653 $ 222,135 $ 11,518 5.2 %
Occupancy and equipment 52,072 50,582 1,490 2.9 %
Data processing and facilities management 9,957 9,884 73 0.7 %
Software and subscriptions 18,152 16,165 1,987 12.3 %
FDIC assessment 10,892 11,953 (1,061) (8.9) %
Debit card expense 6,630 9,003 (2,373) (26.4) %
Consulting 7,125 8,954 (1,829) (20.4) %
Amortization of intangible assets 5,905 6,878 (973) (14.1) %
Merger and acquisition expense 1,902 - 1,902 (100.0) %
Other noninterest expense 60,078 57,192 2,886 5.0 %
Total $ 406,366 $ 392,746 $ 13,620 3.5 %
The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest expense categories shown in the preceding tables are noted below:
•Salaries and employee benefits increased year-over-year primarily attributable to increases in general salaries of $7.6 million, medical plan insurance of $2.0 million, payroll taxes of $1.9 million and incentive programs of approximately $860,000. These increases were partially offset by the impact of outsized interest rate-driven valuation fluctuations on the Company’s split-dollar bank-owned life insurance policies, which resulted in a $1.0 million decrease in expense for 2024 as compared to 2023.
•Occupancy and equipment expense increased year-over-year, driven primarily by lease termination costs related to the exit of an inactive branch location associated with a previous acquisition, as well as increased cleaning costs and depreciation expense.
•Software and subscriptions increased primarily due to the Company’s continued investment in its technology infrastructure.
•FDIC assessment expense decreased in comparison to the prior year, primarily attributable to an estimated $1.1 million special assessment imposed by the FDIC and recognized by the Company in the fourth quarter of 2023 to recover losses incurred by the DIF during the year.
•Debit card expenses decreased year-over-year, driven primarily by a one-time credit of $1.1 million recognized during the third quarter of 2024, as well as reduced processing costs.
•Consulting expense decreased year-over-year due primarily to the timing of strategic initiatives.
•During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company recognized $1.9 million of merger and acquisition expenses related to the pending merger with Enterprise. No such costs were incurred during 2023.
•Other noninterest expenses increased year-over year, driven primarily by increases in internet banking expense of $1.1 million, telecommunications costs of $762,000, card issuance costs of $599,000, unrealized losses on equity securities of $543,000, examinations and audits of $323,000, along with other miscellaneous expenses. These increases were partially offset by decreases in recruitment and legal costs.
Income Taxes The tax effect of all income and expense transactions is recognized by the Company in each year’s consolidated statements of income, regardless of the year in which the transactions are reported for income tax purposes. The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s tax provision and applicable tax rates for the periods indicated:
Table 21 - Tax Provision and Applicable Tax Rates
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Combined federal and state income tax provisions $ 55,046 $ 75,632 $ 83,941
Effective income tax rates 22.27 % 24.00 % 24.14 %
Blended statutory tax rate 27.91 % 27.91 % 27.85 %
The Company’s effective tax rate for 2024 is lower as compared to the year ago period primarily due to lower pre-tax income as well as increased tax benefits from low-income housing tax credits. The effective tax rates in the table above are lower than the blended statutory tax rates due to the impact of discrete items, including tax benefits related to equity compensation and purchased state tax credits, as well as certain tax preference assets such as life insurance policies, tax exempt bonds, and federal tax credits.
The Company invests in various low income housing projects, which are real estate limited partnerships that acquire, develop, own and operate low and moderate-income housing developments. As a limited partner in these operating partnerships, the Company will receive tax credits and tax deductions for losses incurred by the underlying properties. The investments are accounted for using the proportional amortization method and will be amortized over various periods through 2043, which represents the period that the tax credits and other tax benefits will be utilized. The total committed investment in these partnerships at December 31, 2024 was $275.1 million, of which $203.3 million has been funded. The Company recognized a net tax benefit of approximately $4.5 million for 2024 and anticipates additional net tax benefits of $42.7 million over the remaining life of the investments from the combination of tax credits and operating losses.
For additional information related to the Company’s income taxes see Note 10, “Income Taxes” and Note 11, “Low Income Housing Project Investments” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
Dividends The Company declared quarterly cash dividends totaling $2.28 per common share in 2024 and $2.20 per common share in 2023. The 2024 and 2023 ratio of dividends paid to earnings was 50.08% and 40.92%, respectively.
Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends of the Company will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.
Comparison of 2023 vs. 2022 For a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, please see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2024.
Risk Management
The Board of Directors has approved an Enterprise Risk Management Policy and Risk Appetite Statement to state the Company’s goals and objectives in identifying, measuring, and managing the risks associated with the Company’s current and near future anticipated size and complexity. Management is responsible for comprehensive enterprise risk management, and continually strives to adopt and implement practices that strike an appropriate balance between risk and reward and permit the achievement of strategic goals in a controlled environment.
The Company has implemented the “three lines of defense” enterprise risk management framework. The first line of defense are the executives in charge of business units, operational areas, and corporate functions who, sometimes assisted by management committees, teams, and working groups, own and manage risks. The second line of defense monitors and provides risk management advice across all risk domains, and is comprised of the enterprise risk management department, with oversight from the Chief Risk Officer. The third line of defense is independent assurance performed by the Chief Internal Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, and by the Company’s internal audit department.
The Board, with the assistance of its Risk Committee, oversees management’s enterprise risk management practices. As risks must be taken to create value, the Board of Directors has approved a Risk Appetite Statement that defines the acceptable residual risk tolerances for the Company and the nine major risk types identified as having the potential to create significant adverse impacts on the Company, such as financial losses, reputational damage, legal or regulatory actions, failure to achieve strategic objectives, diminished customer experience, and/or cultural erosion. The nine major risk categories identified by the Company and addressed in the Risk Appetite Statement are strategic and emerging risk, culture risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, market and interest rate risk, operational risk, reputation risk, compliance risk, and technology and cyber risk, each of which is discussed below.
Strategic and Emerging Risk Strategic and emerging risk is the risk arising from adverse strategic or business decisions, misalignment of strategic direction with the Company’s mission and values, failure to execute strategies or tactics, or an inadequate adaptation or lack of responsiveness to industry and/or operating environment changes. Management seeks to mitigate strategic and emerging risk through strategic planning, frequent executive review of strategic plan progress, monitoring of competitors and technology, assessment of new products, new branches, and new business initiatives, customer advocacy, and crisis management planning.
Culture Risk Culture risk is the risk arising from failed leadership and/or ineffective colleague engagement and workplace management that causes the Company to lose sight of core values and, through acts or omissions, damage the relationship-based culture that has been one of the foundations of the Company’s success. Management seeks to mitigate culture risk through effective employee relations, leadership that encourages continuous improvement, cultural development and reinforcement of core values, communication of clear ethical and behavioral standards, consistent enforcement of policies and programs, discipline of misbehavior, alignment of incentives and compensation, and by promoting a company-wide focus on respect for individual differences and differing perspectives.
Credit Risk Credit risk is the risk arising from the failure of a borrower or a counterparty to a contract to make payments as agreed and includes the risks arising from inadequate collateral and mismanagement of loan concentrations. While the collateral securing loans may be sufficient in some cases to recover the amount due, in other cases the Company may experience significant credit losses that could have an adverse effect on its operating results. The Company makes assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of its borrowers and counterparties and the value of collateral for the repayment of loans. For further discussion regarding the credit risk and the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, see Note 3, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
Liquidity Risk Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the Company being unable to meet obligations when due. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in available funding levels. Liquidity risk also results from a failure to recognize or address market condition changes that affect the ability to liquidate assets quickly with minimal value loss.
The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, and the amortization, prepayment, and maturities of loans and securities. The Bank utilizes its extensive branch network to access retail customers who provide a base of in-market core deposits. These funds are principally comprised of demand deposits, interest checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts. Interest rates, economic conditions, and competitive factors greatly influence deposit levels.
The Company’s primary measure of short-term liquidity is the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit as a percentage of assets. This ratio, which is an analysis of the relationship between liquid assets plus available FHLB funding, less short-term liabilities relative to total assets, was within policy limits at December 31, 2024. The Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure is affected primarily by changes in deposits, securities and short-term investments, loans, and borrowings. An increase in deposits, without a corresponding increase in nonliquid assets, will improve the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure, whereas, an increase in loans, with no increase in deposits, will decrease the measure. Other factors affecting the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit include FHLB collateral requirements, securities portfolio changes, and the mix of deposits.
The Company prioritizes core deposits as a primary funding source and continues to maintain a variety of available liquidity sources, including FHLB advances, and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. These funding sources serve as a contingent source of liquidity and, when profitable lending and investment opportunities exist, the Company may access them to provide the liquidity needed to grow the balance sheet. The amount and type of assets that the Company has available to pledge affects the Company’s FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. For example, a prime one-to-four family residential loan may provide 75 cents of borrowing capacity for every $1.00 pledged, whereas a pledged commercial loan may
increase borrowing capacity in a lower amount. The Company’s lending decisions, therefore, can also affect its liquidity position.
The Company may also have the ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or unsecured debt privately or publicly and has done so in the past. Additionally, the Company is able to enter into repurchase agreements or acquire brokered deposits at its discretion. The availability and cost of equity or debt on an unsecured basis is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s financial position, the market environment, and the Company’s credit rating. The Company monitors the factors that could affect its ability to raise liquidity through these channels.
The table below shows current and unused liquidity capacity from various sources at the dates indicated:
Table 22 - Sources of Liquidity
December 31
2024 2023
Outstanding Additional
Borrowing Capacity Outstanding Additional
Borrowing Capacity
(Dollars in thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (1) $ 638,514 $ 1,992,574 1,105,541 1,577,746
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (2) - 3,635,233 - 3,078,179
Unpledged securities - 564,676 - 1,187,882
Federal Funds Lines of Credit - 50,000 - 85,000
Junior subordinated debentures (3) 62,860 - 62,858 -
Subordinated debt (3) - - 49,980 -
Reciprocal deposits (3) 1,062,896 - 959,068 -
Brokered deposits (3) 61,236 - 100,923 -
$ 1,825,506 $ 6,242,483 $ 2,278,370 $ 5,928,807
(1)Loans and securities with a carrying value of $3.8 billion and $3.9 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, were pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.
(2)Loans and securities with a carrying value of $4.9 billion and $4.6 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, were pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston.
(3)The additional borrowing capacity has not been assessed for these categories.
In addition to customary operational liquidity practices, the Board and management recognize the need to establish reasonable guidelines to manage a heightened liquidity risk environment. Catalysts for elevated liquidity risk can be Company-specific issues and/or systemic industry-wide events. Management is therefore responsible for instituting systems and controls designed to provide advanced detection of potentially significant funding shortages, establishing methods for assessing and monitoring risk levels, and instituting responses that may alleviate or circumvent a potential liquidity crisis. Management has established a Liquidity Contingency Plan to provide a framework to detect potential liquidity problems and appropriately address them in a timely manner. In a period of perceived heightened liquidity risk, the Liquidity Contingency Plan provides for the establishment of a Liquidity Crisis Task Force to monitor the potential for a liquidity crisis and execute an appropriate response.
The Company continually monitors both on and off balance sheet liquidity sources to understand vulnerabilities and when adjustments to the balance between sources and uses of funds may be necessary. Management regularly performs various liquidity stress testing scenarios and other analyses to assess potential liquidity outflows or funding concerns resulting from economic or industry disruptions, volatility in the financial markets, or unforeseen credit events. The results of these scenarios are used to inform the Company’s Liquidity Contingency Plan and help provide the basis for its liquidity needs.
Market and Interest Rate Risk Market risk refers to the risk of potential losses arising from changes in interest rates and the value of investments due to market conditions or other external factors or events. Interest rate risk is the most significant market risk to which the Company has exposure to due to the nature of its operations.
Interest rate risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes, as well as fluctuations in the level and duration of assets and liabilities, affect net interest income, which is the Company’s primary source of revenue. Interest rate risk arises directly from the Company’s core banking activities. In addition to directly affecting net interest
income, changes in the level of interest rates can also affect the amount of loans originated, the timing of cash flows on loans and securities, and the fair value of securities and derivatives, and have other effects.
Management strives to control interest rate risk within limits approved by the Board of Directors that reflect the Company’s tolerance for interest rate risk over short-term and long-term horizons. The Company attempts to manage interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying, and, where appropriate, hedging exposure. If assets and liabilities do not re-price simultaneously and in equal volume, the potential for interest rate exposure exists. It is the Company’s objective to maintain stability in the growth of net interest income through the maintenance of an appropriate mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and, when necessary within limits management deems prudent, with hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps, floors, and caps.
The Company quantifies its interest rate exposures using net interest income simulation models, as well as simpler gap analysis, and an Economic Value of Equity analysis. Key assumptions in these analyses relate to behavior of interest rates and behavior of the Company’s deposit and loan customers. The most material assumptions relate to the prepayment of mortgage assets (including mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities) and the life and sensitivity of non-maturity deposits (e.g., demand deposit, savings, and money market accounts). In the case of prepayment of mortgage assets, assumptions are derived from published median prepayment estimates for comparable mortgage loans. The risk of prepayment tends to increase when interest rates fall. Since future prepayment behavior of loan customers is uncertain, interest rate sensitivity of loans cannot be determined with precision and actual behavior may differ from assumptions to a significant degree. Non-maturity deposits, assumptions over customer behavior, shifts in deposits categories, and magnitude of impact to the cost of deposits all may differ from what is currently anticipated by the models or analyses.
Given the volatility associated with market rates, and the uncertainty surrounding future rate movements, management has continued to maintain a more neutral interest rate risk position. The Company runs several scenarios to quantify and effectively assist in managing interest rate risk, including instantaneous parallel shifts in market rates as well as gradual (12-24 months) shifts in market rates, and may also include other alternative scenarios as management deems necessary given the interest rate environment. The results of those scenarios are summarized in the following table:
Table 23 - Interest Rate Sensitivity
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023
Year 1 Year 1
Parallel rate shocks (basis points)
-300 (5.1)% (1.7)%
-200 (2.9)% (0.9)%
-100 (0.9)% (0.3)%
+100 0.7% (0.3)%
+200 1.2% 0.8%
+300 2.0% (1.0)%
Gradual rate shifts (basis points)
-200 over 12 months (1.1)% (0.1)%
-100 over 12 months (0.4)% -%
+200 over 12 months 0.7% (0.3)%
Alternative scenarios
Steep down 200 basis points scenario (0.7)% 1.2%
The results depicted in the table above are dependent on material assumptions, such as prepayment rates, decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, and other factors, which management believes are reasonable. These assumptions may be impacted by customer preferences or competitive influences and therefore actual experience may differ from the assumptions in the model. Accordingly, although the tables provide an indication of the Company’s interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates, and actual results may differ.
The most significant market factors affecting the Company’s net interest income during the year ended December 31, 2024 were the shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curve, the U.S. prime interest rate, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, and other interest rates offered on long-term fixed rate loans.
The Company manages the interest rate risk inherent in both its loan and borrowing portfolios by using interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps and floors. An interest rate swap is an agreement in which one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount for a predetermined period from the other party. Interest rate caps and floors are agreements where one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount for a predetermined period to a second party if certain market interest rate thresholds are realized. While interest is paid or received in swap, cap, and floors agreements, the notional principal amount is not exchanged. The Company may also manage the interest rate risk inherent in its mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales contracts under which the Company agrees to deliver whole mortgage loans to various investors. See Note 9, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments.
Movements in foreign currency rates or commodity prices do not directly or materially affect the Company’s earnings. Movements in equity prices may have a modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of fees from investment-related business lines. See Note 2, “Securities” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
Operational Risk Operational risk is the risk arising from human error or misconduct, transaction errors or delays, inadequate or failed internal systems or processes, data unavailability, loss, or poor quality, or adverse external events. Operational risk includes fraud risk and model risk. Potential operational risk exposure exists throughout the Company. The continued effectiveness of colleagues and operational infrastructure are integral to mitigating operational risk, and any shortcomings subject the Company to risks that vary in size, scale and scope.
Reputation Risk Reputation risk is the risk arising from negative public opinion of the Company and the Bank. Management seeks to mitigate reputational risk through actions that include a structured process of customer complaint resolution and ongoing reputational monitoring.
Regulatory and Compliance Risk Regulatory and Compliance risk is the risk arising from violations of laws or regulations, non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal bank policies and procedures, or ethical standards. Compliance risk includes consumer compliance risk, legal risk, and regulatory compliance risk. Management seeks to mitigate compliance risk through compliance training and regulatory change management processes.
Technology and Cyber Risk Technology and Cyber risk is the risk of losses or other impacts arising from the failure of technology systems to function in accordance with expectations and business requirements. Technology risks include technical failures, unlawful tampering with technical systems, cyber security, terrorist activities, ineffectiveness or exposure due to interruption in third party support. Management seeks to mitigate technology risk through appropriate security and controls over data and its technological environment. The Bank manages cybersecurity threats proactively and maintains robust controls to protect its critical systems and data by investing in secure, reliable and resilient technology infrastructure, fostering a culture of technology risk awareness and continuously improving its technology risk management practices.
Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations
In the ordinary course of business the Company has entered into contractual obligations, commitments, residential loans sold with recourse and other off-balance sheet financial instruments. Refer to the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements in this report for further information and the expected timing of the applicable payments as of December 31, 2024. These include payments related to (i) borrowings (Note 7 - Borrowings), (ii) lease obligations (Note 16 - Leases), (iii) time deposits with stated maturity dates (Note 6 - Deposits), (iv) commitments to extend credit (Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies), (v) derivative positions (Note 9 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities), and (vi) unfunded commitments on low income housing project investments (Note 11 - Low Income Housing Project Investments). Also refer to Table 22 - Sources of Liquidity within Item 7 of this Report for further details surrounding the Company’s current and unused liquidity resources.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented in Item 8 of this Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.
The financial nature of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is more clearly affected by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, inflation does affect the Company because, as prices increase, the money supply grows and interest rates are affected by inflationary expectations. The impact on the Company is a noted increase in the size of loan requests with resulting growth in total assets. In addition, operating expenses may increase without a corresponding increase in productivity. There is no precise method, however, to measure the effects of inflation on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, any examination or analysis of the financial statements should take into consideration the possible effects of inflation.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Certain estimates associated with these policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. These critical accounting estimates are defined as estimates made in accordance with GAAP that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact on financial condition or results of operations. Management believes that the Company’s most critical accounting policies and estimates upon which the Company’s financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:
Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Held for Investment The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses in accordance with the CECL methodology for loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance for credit losses is established based upon the Company's current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses. Arriving at an appropriate amount of allowance for credit losses involves a high degree of judgment.
The Company estimates credit losses on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. Management’s judgement is required for the selection and application of these factors which are derived from historical loss experience as well as assumptions surrounding expected future losses and economic forecasts.
Loans that no longer share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that are individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable. Changes in these judgements and assumptions could be due to a number of circumstances which may have a direct impact on the provision for loan losses and may result in changes to the amount of allowance. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the provision for credit losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management’s assessments confirm that the Company will not collect the full amortized cost basis of a loan.
Management performs periodic sensitivity and stress testing using available economic forecasts in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses under varying scenarios. Given the Company’s benign loss history, the analyses performed have not resulted in a material change to the quantitative allowance but have informed management’s determination of qualitative adjustments and act as corroborating evidence as to the appropriateness of the allowance as a whole. For additional discussion of the Company’s methodology of assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses, see Note 3, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
Income Taxes The Company accounts for income taxes using two components of income tax expense, current and deferred. Current taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities in the current year.
In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future effects on income taxes that result from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, and carry-forwards that exist at the end of a period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and provisions of the enacted tax law and are not discounted to reflect the time-value of money. The effect of any change in enacted tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are assessed for recoverability and the Company may record a valuation allowance if it believes based on available evidence that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets recognized will not be realized before their expiration. The amount of the deferred tax asset recognized and considered realizable could be reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors such as unfavorable business conditions. If projected income is not expected to be achieved, the Company may record a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that it believes can be realized in its future tax returns. Additionally, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on tax rates expected to be in effect in future periods. Previously recorded tax assets and liabilities need to be adjusted when the expected date of the future event is revised based upon current information. The Company may also record an unrecognized tax benefit related to uncertain tax positions taken by the Company on its tax returns for which there is less than a 50% likelihood of being recognized upon a tax examination. All movements in unrecognized tax benefits are recognized through the provision for income taxes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 10, “Income Taxes” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
Valuation of Goodwill/Intangible Assets and Analysis for Impairment The Company has increased its market share through the acquisition of entire financial institutions accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, as well as from the acquisition of branches (not the entire institution) and other nonbanking entities. For all acquisitions, the Company is required to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other valuation techniques, which may include the use of third party specialists. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually, or more often if warranted, using a combined qualitative and quantitative impairment approach. The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is performed to compare carrying value to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company completed its annual impairment test as of August 31, 2024, using the quantitative impairment test, and determined that the Company's goodwill was not impaired. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2024 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
The Company’s goodwill relates to acquisitions that are fully integrated into the retail banking operations, which management does not consider to be at risk of failing step one in the near future. The Company’s other intangible assets are subject to amortization and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When applicable, the Company tests each of the other intangibles by comparing the carrying value of the intangible to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2024 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
Valuation of Investment Securities Securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity are classified as securities held-to-maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Trading and equity securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other noninterest income. All other securities are classified as securities available-for-sale and are carried at fair market value. The fair values of securities are based on either quoted market price or third-party pricing services. In general, the third-party pricing services employ various methodologies, including but not limited to, broker quotes and proprietary models. Management does not typically adjust the prices received from third-party pricing services. Depending upon the type of security, management employs various techniques to analyze the pricing it receives from third-parties, such as reviewing model inputs, reviewing comparable trades, analyzing changes in market yields and, in certain instances, reviewing the underlying collateral of the security. Management reviews changes in fair values from period to period and performs testing to ensure that the prices received from the third parties are consistent with their expectation of the market.
Management determines if the market for a security is active primarily based upon the frequency of which the security, or similar securities, are traded. For securities which are determined to have an inactive market, fair value models are calibrated and to the extent possible, significant inputs are back tested on a quarterly basis. The third-party service provider performs calibration and testing of the models by comparing anticipated inputs to actual results, on a quarterly basis. Unrealized gains
and losses on securities available-for-sale are reported, on an after-tax basis, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income.
Recent Accounting Developments
See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

---

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Risk Management” in Item 7 of this Report.

---

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Independent Bank Corp.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Independent Bank Corp. (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 28, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Allowance for credit losses
Description of the matter The Company’s loan portfolio totaled $14.5 billion as of December 31, 2024, and the associated allowance for credit losses (“allowance”) was $170 million. As discussed in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company estimates the allowance on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model based on probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default estimates, which are derived from internal historical default and loss experience, adjusted for economic forecasts. The output is then combined with an assessment of qualitative factors, including economic and business conditions, changes to collateral values and other external factors, which factors are designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics are individually evaluated and an allowance is determined based on a discounted cash flow or the fair value of collateral.
Auditing the Company’s allowance for credit losses was complex due to the quantitative modeling used and involved subjective judgment to evaluate management’s determination of the qualitative risk factor adjustments and the allowance on individually evaluated loans described above.
How we addressed the matter in our audit We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s allowance process, which included, among others, controls over the appropriateness of the methodology, the development, operation and monitoring of the quantitative model, the reliability and accuracy of data used in developing the estimate, and management’s review and approval process over the economic forecasts, qualitative adjustments, individually evaluated loans, and overall allowance result.
With the assistance of EY Specialists we tested management’s quantitative model including evaluating the conceptual soundness of model methodology, assessing model performance and governance, and testing key modeling assumptions, including the reasonable and supportable forecast period.
To test the qualitative factors, among other procedures, we assessed management’s methodology and considered whether relevant risks were reflected in the models and whether adjustments to the model output were appropriate. We tested the completeness, accuracy and relevance of the underlying data used to estimate the qualitative adjustments. We evaluated whether qualitative adjustments were reasonable based on changes in economic conditions, the loan portfolio, management’s policies and procedures, and lending personnel. For example, we evaluated the reasonableness of qualitative adjustments for economic and business conditions, changes to collateral values and other external factors. We also assessed whether qualitative adjustments were consistent with publicly available information. Further, we performed an independent search for the existence of new or contrary information relating to risks impacting the qualitative adjustments to validate that management’s considerations were appropriate. Additionally, we evaluated whether the overall allowance, inclusive of qualitative adjustments, reasonably reflects losses expected in the loan portfolio by comparing to peer bank data.
For the allowance on individually evaluated loans, we assessed management’s use of either a discounted cash flow or fair value of collateral approach based on the nature of the loan. We evaluated the methodologies and the assumptions used by management in determining the likelihood of recoverability and valuation of the underlying collateral. Procedures performed included testing the completeness and accuracy of management’s population and testing the calculation of the allowance on individually evaluated loans.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009
Boston, Massachusetts
February 28, 2025
INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31
2024 2023
Assets
Cash and due from banks $ 187,849 $ 178,861
Interest-earning deposits with banks 32,041 45,469
Securities
Trading 4,245 4,987
Equities 21,204 22,510
Available for sale (amortized cost $1,353,964 and $1,459,862)
1,250,944 1,334,256
Held to maturity (fair value $1,291,801 and $1,417,608)
1,434,956 1,569,107
Total securities 2,711,349 2,930,860
Loans held for sale (at fair value) 7,271 6,368
Loans
Commercial and industrial 3,047,671 2,925,823
Commercial real estate 6,756,708 6,695,671
Commercial construction 782,078 849,586
Small business 281,781 251,956
Residential real estate 2,460,600 2,424,754
Home equity - first position 490,115 518,706
Home equity - subordinate positions 650,053 578,920
Other consumer 39,372 32,654
Total loans 14,508,378 14,278,070
Less: allowance for credit losses (169,984) (142,222)
Net loans 14,338,394 14,135,848
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 31,573 43,557
Bank premises and equipment, net 193,320 193,049
Goodwill 985,072 985,072
Other intangible assets 12,284 18,190
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies 303,965 297,387
Other assets 570,447 512,712
Total assets $ 19,373,565 $ 19,347,373
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 4,390,703 $ 4,567,083
Savings and interest checking accounts 5,207,548 5,298,913
Money market 2,960,381 2,818,072
Time certificates of deposit 2,747,346 2,181,479
Total deposits 15,305,978 14,865,547
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 638,514 1,105,541
Junior subordinated debentures (less unamortized debt issuance costs of $28 and $30)
62,860 62,858
Subordinated debentures (less unamortized debt issuance costs of $20)
- 49,980
Total borrowings 701,374 1,218,379
Other liabilities 373,093 368,196
Total liabilities 16,380,445 16,452,122
Commitments and contingencies - -
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized: 1,000,000 shares, outstanding: none
- -
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized: 75,000,000 shares,
issued and outstanding: 42,500,611 shares at December 31, 2024 and 42,873,187 shares at December 31, 2023 (includes 199,410 and 162,812 shares of unvested participating restricted stock awards, respectively)
423 427
Value of shares held in rabbi trust at cost: 78,088 shares at December 31, 2024 and 80,222 shares at December 31, 2023
(3,383) (3,298)
Deferred compensation obligation 3,383 3,298
Additional paid in capital 1,909,980 1,932,163
Retained earnings 1,172,724 1,077,488
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (90,007) (114,827)
Total stockholders’ equity 2,993,120 2,895,251
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 19,373,565 $ 19,347,373
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
Interest and fees on loans $ 789,274 $ 730,008 $ 577,923
Taxable interest and dividends on securities 57,092 60,336 50,354
Nontaxable interest and dividends on securities 6 6 6
Interest on loans held for sale 712 190 172
Interest on federal funds sold and short-term investments 5,669 5,186 14,385
Total interest and dividend income 852,753 795,726 642,840
Interest expense
Interest on deposits 246,962 144,752 24,652
Interest on borrowings 44,062 44,453 4,939
Total interest expense 291,024 189,205 29,591
Net interest income 561,729 606,521 613,249
Provision for credit losses 36,250 23,250 6,500
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 525,479 583,271 606,749
Noninterest income
Deposit account fees 26,455 23,486 23,370
Interchange and ATM fees 19,055 18,108 16,249
Investment management 42,744 40,191 36,832
Mortgage banking income 4,143 2,326 3,515
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies 8,086 7,868 7,685
Gain on life insurance benefits 457 2,291 1,291
Loan level derivative income 2,117 3,327 2,932
Other noninterest income 24,957 27,012 22,793
Total noninterest income 128,014 124,609 114,667
Noninterest expenses
Salaries and employee benefits 233,653 222,135 204,711
Occupancy and equipment expenses 52,072 50,582 49,841
Data processing & facilities management 9,957 9,884 9,320
Software and subscriptions 18,152 16,165 13,655
FDIC assessment 10,892 11,953 6,951
Debit card expense 6,630 9,003 7,670
Consulting expense 7,125 8,954 9,617
Amortization of intangible assets 5,905 6,878 7,655
Merger and acquisition expense 1,902 - 7,100
Other noninterest expenses 60,078 57,192 57,142
Total noninterest expenses 406,366 392,746 373,662
Income before income taxes 247,127 315,134 347,754
Provision for income taxes 55,046 75,632 83,941
Net Income $ 192,081 $ 239,502 $ 263,813
Basic earnings per share $ 4.52 $ 5.42 $ 5.69
Diluted earnings per share $ 4.52 $ 5.42 $ 5.69
Weighted average common shares (basic) 42,499,492 44,181,540 46,372,051
Common share equivalents 12,309 12,007 17,938
Weighted average common shares (diluted) 42,511,801 44,193,547 46,389,989
Cash dividends declared per common share $ 2.28 $ 2.20 $ 2.08
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Net income $ 192,081 $ 239,502 $ 263,813
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Net change in fair value of securities available for sale 16,743 32,426 (118,990)
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges 6,713 16,055 (50,767)
Net change in other comprehensive income for defined benefit postretirement plans 1,364 (224) 4,490
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 24,820 48,257 (165,267)
Total comprehensive income $ 216,901 $ 287,759 $ 98,546
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock Outstanding Common Stock Value of Shares Held in Rabbi Trust at Cost Deferred Compensation Obligation Additional Paid in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Total
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Balance December 31, 2021 47,349,778 $ 472 $ (3,146) $ 3,146 $ 2,249,078 $ 766,716 $ 2,183 $ 3,018,449
Net income - - - - - 263,813 - 263,813
Other comprehensive loss - - - - - - (165,267) (165,267)
Common dividend declared ($2.08 per share)
- - - - - (96,087) - (96,087)
Stock based compensation - - - - 4,464 - - 4,464
Restricted stock awards issued, net of awards surrendered 49,016 1 - - (1,085) - - (1,084)
Shares issued under direct stock purchase plan 29,409 - - - 2,359 - - 2,359
Shares repurchased under share repurchase program (1,786,965) (18) - - (139,928) - - (139,946)
Deferred compensation and other retirement benefit obligations - - (81) 81 - - - -
Balance December 31, 2022 45,641,238 $ 455 $ (3,227) $ 3,227 $ 2,114,888 $ 934,442 $ (163,084) $ 2,886,701
Net income - - - - - 239,502 - 239,502
Other comprehensive income - - - - - - 48,257 48,257
Common dividend declared ($2.20 per share)
- - - - - (96,456) - (96,456)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net of cash paid 3,238 - - - 81 - - 81
Stock based compensation - - - - 6,377 - - 6,377
Restricted stock awards issued, net of awards surrendered 82,181 1 - - (1,136) - - (1,135)
Shares issued under direct stock purchase plan 46,963 - - - 2,682 - - 2,682
Shares repurchased under share repurchase program (1) (2,900,433) (29) - - (190,729) - - (190,758)
Deferred compensation and other retirement benefit obligations - - (71) 71 - - - -
Balance December 31, 2023 42,873,187 $ 427 $ (3,298) $ 3,298 $ 1,932,163 $ 1,077,488 $ (114,827) $ 2,895,251
Net income - - - - - 192,081 - 192,081
Other comprehensive income - - - - - - 24,820 24,820
Common dividend declared ($2.28 per share)
- - - - - (96,845) - (96,845)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net of cash paid 1,667 - - - 81 - - 81
Stock based compensation - - - - 6,523 - - 6,523
Restricted stock awards issued, net of awards surrendered 99,692 1 - - (782) - - (781)
Shares issued under direct stock purchase plan 58,331 - - - 3,287 - - 3,287
Shares repurchased under share repurchase program (1) (532,266) (5) - - (31,292) - - (31,297)
Deferred compensation and other retirement benefit obligations - - (85) 85 - - - -
Balance December 31, 2024 42,500,611 $ 423 $ (3,383) $ 3,383 $ 1,909,980 $ 1,172,724 $ (90,007) $ 2,993,120
(1) Includes excise tax impact of $311,000 and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to shares repurchased under the Company’s share repurchase program.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash flow from operating activities
Net income $ 192,081 $ 239,502 $ 263,813
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization 40,889 36,102 38,799
Change in unamortized net loan costs and fees (1,739) (1,856) (7,119)
(Accretion) amortization of acquired loans (538) (2,251) 175
Provision for credit losses 36,250 23,250 6,500
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense (10,600) 2,738 (1,254)
Net (gain) loss on equity securities (423) (1,180) 3,061
Net loss (gain) on bank premises and equipment 155 310 (584)
Realized gain on sale leaseback transaction - (193) (578)
Stock based compensation 6,523 6,377 4,464
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies (8,086) (7,877) (7,685)
Gain on life insurance benefits (457) (2,291) (1,291)
Operating lease payments (14,018) (13,863) (19,296)
Change in fair value on loans held for sale 20 (97) 452
Net change in:
Trading assets 742 (1,099) (168)
Loans held for sale (923) (3,468) 21,424
Other assets (15,498) 23,504 65,263
Other liabilities 5,543 (20,614) 55,224
Total adjustments 37,840 37,492 157,387
Net cash provided by operating activities 229,921 276,994 421,200
Cash flows used in investing activities
Proceeds from sales of equity securities - - 31
Purchases of equity securities (1,058) (742) (1,524)
Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities available for sale 235,144 106,713 139,923
Purchases of securities available for sale (129,379) - (123,289)
Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities held to maturity 138,399 140,888 166,712
Purchases of securities held to maturity - - (804,105)
Net redemption (purchases) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock 11,984 (38,339) 6,189
Investments in low-income housing projects (33,053) (31,073) (33,232)
Purchases of life insurance policies (114) (162) (163)
Proceeds from life insurance policies 1,929 5,531 3,160
Net increase in loans (236,519) (378,735) (335,448)
Purchases of bank premises and equipment (20,435) (15,844) (22,072)
Proceeds from the sale of bank premises and equipment 92 113 3,344
Net cash used in investing activities (33,010) (211,650) (1,000,474)
Cash flows used in financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits 565,752 985,567 (334,381)
Net decrease in other deposits (125,436) (1,999,198) (702,628)
Net (repayments of) advances from Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (467,000) 1,105,000 (25,000)
Repayments of long-term debt, net of issuance costs - - (14,063)
Repayments of subordinated debentures (50,000) - -
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options 80 80 -
Restricted stock awards issued, net of awards surrendered (815) (1,142) (1,084)
Proceeds from shares issued under direct stock purchase plan 3,254 2,662 2,359
Payments for shares repurchased under share repurchase program (30,986) (188,910) (139,946)
Common dividends paid (96,200) (98,006) (93,734)
Net cash used in financing activities (201,351) (193,947) (1,308,477)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents (4,440) (128,603) (1,887,751)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 224,330 352,933 2,240,684
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $ 219,890 $ 224,330 $ 352,933
Cash paid during the year for
Interest on deposits and borrowings $ 291,692 $ 183,068 $ 26,424
Income taxes $ 51,079 $ 43,706 $ 44,274
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities
Net increase in capital commitments relating to low-income housing project investments $ 46,070 $ 31,891 $ 17,643
Recognition of operating lease at commencement and/or extension $ 12,602 $ 7,916 $ 14,789
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations
Independent Bank Corp. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company, the principal subsidiary of which is Rockland Trust Company (“Rockland Trust” or the “Bank”). Rockland Trust is a state-chartered commercial bank which provides a variety of banking, investment and financial services through its retail branches, commercial banking centers, investment management offices, and mortgage lending centers located throughout Eastern Massachusetts as well as in Worcester County and Rhode Island. Rockland Trust deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, subject to regulatory limits. The Company’s primary source of income is from providing loans to individuals and small-to-medium sized businesses in its market area. Rockland Trust is a community-oriented commercial bank, and the community banking business is the Company’s only reportable operating segment.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bank and other wholly-owned subsidiaries, except subsidiaries that are not deemed necessary to be consolidated. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity under GAAP. Voting interest entities are entities in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and provides the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities. The Company would consolidate voting interest entities in which it has all, or at least a majority of, the voting interest. As defined in applicable accounting standards, variable interest entities (“VIEs”) are entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when the Company has both the power and ability to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
The Company also owns the common stock of various trusts which have issued trust preferred securities. These trusts are VIEs in which the Company is not the primary beneficiary and, therefore, are not consolidated. The trust's only assets are junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company, which were acquired by the trust using the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities and common stock. The junior subordinated debentures are included in long-term debt and the Company’s equity interest in the trust is included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is reported in interest expense on long-term debt in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.
Reclassification
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation, including the following:
•the Company reclassified its portfolio of loans secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate to the commercial and industrial loan category to more appropriately reflect the variation in the management and underlying risk profile of such loans compared with investor-owned commercial real estate loans; and
•the Company combined the presentation of “Software maintenance” and “Subscriptions” costs into “Software and subscriptions” costs within Non-interest expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income. Previously, “Subscriptions” costs were included within “Other noninterest expenses.”
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could vary from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for expected credit losses on loans held for investment, income taxes, valuation and allowance for expected credit losses on investment securities, and the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets and their respective analyses of impairment.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
The vast majority of the Bank’s lending activities are conducted in New England. The Bank originates commercial and industrial loans, commercial and residential real estate loans, including construction loans, small business loans, home equity loans, and other consumer loans for its portfolio. The Bank tracks concentrations of credit across numerous categories and segments based on aggregate credit exposure, which includes direct, indirect or contingent obligations to a borrower or group of borrowers engaged in one industry and by property type. The Bank considers a concentration to exist when aggregate credit exposure of a category or segment exceeds 25% of the Bank's total risk-based capital (inclusive of Tier 2 capital instruments).
Business Combinations
In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company recognizes assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the related transaction costs expensed in the period incurred. The Company may use third party valuation specialists to assist in the determination of fair value of certain assets and liabilities at the acquisition date, including loans, core deposit intangibles and time deposits. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date, the estimates are inherently uncertain. The allowance for credit losses on purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans is recognized within business combination accounting. The allowance for credit losses on non-PCD loans is recognized as a provision expense in the same period as the business combination.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents may include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, inclusive of interest-earning deposits held at banks, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for up to two week periods.
Securities
Investment securities are classified at the time of purchase as available for sale, held to maturity, trading, or equity. Classification is constantly re-evaluated for consistency with corporate goals and objectives. Trading and equity securities are recorded at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings. Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading are classified as available for sale and recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, net of related tax. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income, using the interest method, to arrive at periodic interest income at a constant effective yield, thereby reflecting the securities market yield. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. Such gains and losses are recognized within non-interest income or non-interest expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Accrued interest receivable balances are excluded from the amortized cost of held to maturity securities and the fair value of available for sale securities and are included within other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Management has elected not to measure an allowance for credit losses on these balances as the Company employs a timely write-off policy. It is the Company’s policy that a security is placed on nonaccrual status at the time any principal or interest payments become 90 days delinquent, and interest earned but not collected for a security placed on non-accrual is reversed against interest income.
Allowance for Credit Losses - Available for Sale Securities
The Company’s available for sale securities are carried at fair value and assessed for estimated credit losses in accordance with the current expected credit loss (“CECL” methodology). For available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position, management will first evaluate whether there is intent to sell, or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell a security prior to anticipated recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria are met, the Company will record a write-down of the security’s amortized cost basis to fair value through income. For those available for sale securities which do not meet the intent or requirement to sell criteria, management will evaluate whether the decline in fair value is a result of credit related matters or other factors. In performing this assessment, management considers the
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
creditworthiness of the issuer including whether the security is guaranteed by the U.S. Federal Government or other government agency, the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, and changes in credit rating during the period, among other factors. If this assessment indicates the existence of credit losses, the security will be written down to fair value, as determined by a discounted cash flow analysis. To the extent the estimated cash flows do not support the amortized cost, the deficiency is considered to be due to credit loss and is recognized in earnings.
Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as a provision for (or reversal of) credit loss expense. Losses are charged against the allowance when the uncollectibility of a security is confirmed, or when either of the aforementioned criteria surrounding intent or requirement to sell have been met.
Allowance for Credit Losses - Held to Maturity Securities
The Company measures expected credit losses on held to maturity securities on a collective basis by major security type in accordance with the CECL methodology. Management classifies the held to maturity portfolio into the following major security types: U.S. Government Agency, U.S. Treasury, Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities, Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations, Small Business Administration Pooled Securities, and Single Issuer Trust Preferred Securities. Securities in the Company’s held to maturity portfolio are primarily guaranteed by either the U.S. Federal Government or other government sponsored agencies with a long history of no credit losses. As a result, management has determined these securities to have a zero loss expectation and therefore does not estimate an allowance for credit losses on these securities.
Loans Held for Sale
The Bank may choose to classify new residential real estate mortgage loans as held for sale based on intent, which is determined when loans are underwritten. Loans that are classified as held for sale at the time of origination are accounted for under the fair value option, whereby any changes in fair value relating to loans intended for sale are recorded in earnings and are offset by changes in fair value relating to interest rate lock commitments and forward sales commitments. Gains and losses on residential loan sales (sales proceeds minus carrying amount) are recorded in mortgage banking income. Upfront costs and fees related to items for which the fair value option is elected are recognized in earnings as incurred and are not deferred.
Alternatively, any loans not originated for sale but subsequently transferred from held for investment to held for sale are valued at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual asset basis. Prospectively, any cost amounts in excess of fair value would be recorded as a valuation allowance and recognized as a reduction of other non-interest income.
Loans Held for Investment
Loans that the Company has the intent and ability to hold until maturity or payoff are carried at amortized cost (net of the allowance for credit losses). Amortized cost is the principal amount outstanding, adjusted by partial charge-offs and net of deferred loan costs or fees. For originated loans, loan fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized into interest income over the expected term of the loan using the level-yield method. When a loan is paid off, the unamortized portion is recognized in interest income. Interest income on loans is accrued based upon the daily principal amount outstanding except for loans on nonaccrual status.
As a general rule, loans 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest are classified as nonaccrual loans, or sooner if management considers such action to be prudent. However, loans that are 90 days or more past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans in a timely manner and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. A loan remains on nonaccrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest and remains current for a minimum period of six months, the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged-off against the allowance for credit losses. When doubt exists as to the collectability of a loan, any payments received are applied to reduce the amortized cost of the loan to the extent necessary to eliminate such doubt. For all loan portfolios, a charge-off occurs when the Company determines that a specific loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible. This determination is made based on management’s review of specific facts and circumstances of the individual loan, including assessing the viability of the customer’s business or project as a going concern, the expected cash flows to repay the loan, the value of the collateral and the ability and willingness of any guarantors to perform.
In the course of resolving problem loans, the Company may choose to modify the contractual terms of certain loans. The Company attempts to work out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid or cure a default. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status and may include adjustments to term extensions, interest rates, other than insignificant payment delays and/or a combination thereof. These
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
actions are intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. If such efforts by the Bank do not result in satisfactory performance, the loan is referred to legal counsel, at which time foreclosure proceedings are initiated. At any time prior to a sale of the property at foreclosure, the Bank may terminate foreclosure proceedings if the borrower is able to work out a satisfactory payment plan. Any loans that are modified are reviewed by the Company to determine whether the modification is the direct result of a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, as the Company adopted the accounting and disclosure requirements for loan modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty and ceased to recognize troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) effective January 1, 2023. Prior to this adoption, the Company would classify loans as TDRs in cases where a borrower was experiencing financial difficulty and where the Company made certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms. Modifications included adjustments to interest rates, extensions of maturity, consumer loans where the borrower’s obligations had been effectively discharged through Chapter 7 Bankruptcy and the borrower had not reaffirmed the debt to the Bank, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Under the previously applicable guidance, loans classified as TDRs would have remained classified as such for the life of the loan, except in limited circumstances, when it was determined that the borrower was performing under the modified terms and the restructuring agreement specified an interest rate greater than or equal to an acceptable market rate for a comparable new loan at the time of the restructuring.
Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Held for Investment
The allowance for credit losses is established based upon the Company’s current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on loans measured at amortized cost, also referred to as the CECL methodology. Credit losses are charged against the allowance when management’s assessments confirm that the Company will not collect the full amortized cost basis of a loan. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
Under the CECL methodology, the Company estimates credit losses for financial assets on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. The quantitative model utilizes a factor-based approach to estimate expected credit losses using Probability of Default (“PD”), Loss Given Default (“LGD”) and Exposure at Default (“EAD”), which are derived from internal historical default and loss experience. The model estimates expected credit losses using loan level data over the estimated life of the exposure, considering the effect of prepayments. Economic forecasts are incorporated into the estimate over a reasonable and supportable forecast period, beyond which is a reversion to the Company’s historical long-run average. Management has determined a reasonable and supportable period of 12 months, and a straight line reversion period of 6 months, to be appropriate for purposes of estimating expected credit losses. The qualitative risk factors impacting the expected risk of loss within the portfolio include the following:
•Lending policies and procedures
•Economic and business conditions
•Nature and volume of loans
•Changes in management
•Changes in credit quality
•Changes in loan review system
•Changes to underlying collateral values
•Concentrations of credit risk
•Other external factors
•Model imprecision
Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual evaluation and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that are individually evaluated, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable.
Loan modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are evaluated on a collective basis with loans sharing similar risk characteristics in accordance with the CECL methodology. Under previously applicable accounting guidance, the Company determined the amount of allowance for credit losses on TDRs using a discounted cash flow analysis or
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
a fair value of collateral approach if the loan was determined to be individually evaluated. This change in methodology did not have a material impact on the Company’s allowance for credit loss estimate.
Accrued interest receivable amounts are excluded from balances of loans held at amortized cost and are included within other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Management has elected not to measure an allowance for credit losses on these amounts as the Company employs a timely write-off policy. Consistent with the Company’s policy for nonaccrual loans, accrued interest receivable is typically written off when loans reach 90 days past due and are placed on nonaccrual status.
Allowance for Credit Losses - Unfunded Lending Commitments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. The allowance for credit losses on these unfunded loan commitments provides for potential exposure inherent with the funding of unused portions on legal commitments that are not unconditionally cancellable by the Company. Management evaluates the need for a reserve on unfunded lending commitments in a manner consistent with loans held for investment. The reserve for unfunded lending commitments is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Acquired Loans
Loans acquired through purchase or a business combination are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. The Company performs an assessment of acquired loans to first determine if such loans have experienced a more than insignificant deterioration in credit quality since their origination and thus should be classified and accounted for as PCD loans. For loans that have not experienced a more than insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination, referred to as non-PCD loans, the Company records such loans at fair value, with any resulting discount or premium accreted or amortized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. Additionally, upon the purchase or acquisition of non-PCD loans, the Company measures and records a reserve for credit losses based on the Company’s methodology for determining the allowance under CECL. The allowance for non-PCD loans is recorded through a charge to provision for credit losses in the period in which the loans were purchased or acquired.
Acquired loans that are classified as PCD are acquired at fair value, including any resulting discounts or premiums. Discounts and premiums are accreted or amortized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. In contrast to non-PCD loans, the initial allowance for credit losses on PCD loans is established through an adjustment to the acquired loan balance, rather than through a charge to provision for credit losses, in the period in which the loans were acquired. The allowance for PCD loans is determined based upon the Company’s methodology for estimating the allowance under CECL, and is recorded as an adjustment to the acquired loan balance on the date of acquisition. The Company evaluates acquired loans for deterioration in credit quality based on a variety of characteristics, including, but not limited to non-accrual and delinquency status, downgrades in credit quality since origination, loans that have been modified, along with any other factors identified by the Company through its initial analysis of acquired loans which may indicate there has been a more than insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. At the acquisition date, an estimate of expected credit losses is made for groups of PCD loans with similar risk characteristics and individual PCD loans without similar risk characteristics, if applicable.
Subsequent to acquisition, the allowances for credit losses for both non-PCD and PCD loans are determined with the use of the Company’s allowance methodology under CECL, in the same manner as all other loans.
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights released, however if rights are retained, servicing assets are recognized as separate assets. Servicing rights are originally recorded at fair value within other assets, but subsequently are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and are assessed for impairment at each reporting date. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds, default rates and losses. Impairment is determined by stratifying the rights based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.
Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans for investors. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan, and are recorded as income when earned. The amortization of mortgage servicing rights is recorded as a reduction of loan servicing fee income.
The Company is also a party to certain instruments with off-balance-sheet risk including certain residential loans sold to investors with recourse. The Company’s policy is to record such instruments when funded.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
The Company, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Boston, is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB. Based on redemption provisions, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. The Company continually reviews its investment to determine if impairment exists.
Bank Premises and Equipment
Land is carried at cost. Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line convention method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease terms or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured, not to exceed fifteen years.
Leases
The Company leases office space, space for ATM and parking locations, and certain branch locations under noncancellable operating leases, several of which have renewal options to extend lease terms. Upon commencement of a new lease, the Company will recognize a right of use (“ROU”) asset and corresponding lease liability. The Company makes the decision on whether to renew an option to extend a lease by considering various factors. The Company will recognize an adjustment to its ROU asset and lease liability when lease agreements are amended and executed, or in an event where the Company is reasonably certain that a renewal option will be exercised. The discount rate used in determining the present value of lease payments is based on the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for borrowings with terms similar to each lease at commencement date. The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for separately. For real estate leases and non-lease components, such as common area maintenance charges, real estate taxes, and insurance, are not included in the measurement of the lease liability since they are generally able to be segregated. The Company has elected the short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases that qualify. The Company may also assume lease obligations in connection with its acquisition activities, which may result in a market-based favorable or unfavorable lease position, resulting in an intangible lease asset. These intangible lease assets are amortized over the estimated remaining lease term.
The Company is a party to certain equipment lease transactions where it has assumed the role of lessor for purchased assets. These lease transactions are classified by the Company as either operating leases or direct financing leases for accounting purposes, depending upon the nature of the underlying lease agreements. Under operating lease arrangements, the leased asset value is recorded within fixed assets and the Company recognizes rental income over the life of the lease. Under direct financing lease arrangements, the leased asset value is de-recognized and offset with the recognition of a lease receivable that is evaluated for impairment in a manner similar to loans.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the net fair value of acquired businesses. Goodwill is not amortized and is assigned to one reporting unit. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually, or more often if warranted. In assessing for impairment, the Company has the option to first perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of such events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is performed to compare carrying value to the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company also has an unconditional option to bypass the assessment of qualitative factors for any period and proceed directly to the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
Other intangible assets subject to amortization consist of core deposit intangibles, customer lists, and non-compete agreements that are amortized over the estimated lives of the intangibles using a method that approximates the amount of economic benefits that are realized by the Company. Other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including premises and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the remaining useful life may warrant revision or that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset may not be fully recoverable. The Company performs an undiscounted cash flow analysis to determine if impairment exists. When impairment is determined to exist, the related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Impairment losses on assets to be disposed of are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs of disposal.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies
Increases in the cash surrender value (“CSV”) of life insurance policies, as well as benefits received net of any CSV, are recorded in other noninterest income, and are generally not subject to income taxes. The CSV of the policies is recorded as an asset of the Bank, with liabilities recognized for any split dollar arrangements associated with the policies. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the purchase of life insurance policies and no less than annually thereafter. Regulatory requirements limit the total amount of CSV to be held with any individual carrier to 15% of Tier 1 capital (as defined for regulatory purposes) and the total CSV of all life insurance policies is limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital.
Other Real Estate Owned and Other Foreclosed Assets
Real estate properties and other assets, which have served as collateral to secure loans, are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a new cost basis. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated costs to sell) of the foreclosed asset is charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset below the new cost basis are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in the fair value are recorded as reductions in the valuation allowance, but not below zero. Upon a sale of a foreclosed asset, any excess of the carrying value over the sale proceeds is recognized as a loss on sale. Any excess of sale proceeds over the carrying value of the foreclosed asset is first applied as a recovery to the valuation allowance, if any, with the remainder being recognized as a gain on sale. Operating expenses and changes in the valuation allowance relating to foreclosed assets are recorded in other noninterest expense.
Derivatives
Derivative instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s financial statements. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument is determined by whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship, and further, by the type of hedging relationship. At the inception of a hedge, the Company documents certain items, including but not limited to the following: the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, the Company’s risk management objectives, hedging strategies, and the evaluation of hedge transaction effectiveness. Documentation includes linking all derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific forecasted transactions.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify for special hedge accounting, the Company designates the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of related tax. The Company considers any economic mismatch between the hedging instrument and the hedged transaction in its ongoing assessment of hedge effectiveness. If the hedging instrument is not highly effective at achieving offsetting cash flows attributable to the revised contractually specified interest rate(s), hedge accounting will be discontinued. At that time, accumulated other comprehensive income would be frozen and amortized, as long as the forecasted transactions are still probable of occurring. For derivative instruments designated and qualifying as a fair value hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or liability or an identified portion thereof that is attributable to the hedged risk), the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings during the period of the change in fair values. Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when (1) a derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flow of a hedged item, (2) a derivative expires or is settled, (3) it is no longer likely that a forecasted transaction associated with the hedge will occur, or (4) it is determined that designation of a derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate.
To the extent the Company enters into new or re-designates existing hedging relationships, it is the Company’s policy to include the Overnight Index Swap Rate based on the Fed Funds Effective Rate and the Overnight Index Swap Rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) in the spectrum of available benchmark interest rates for hedge accounting.
For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, such as loan level derivatives, foreign exchange contracts, risk participation agreements and mortgage derivatives, changes in fair value are recognized in other noninterest income during the period of change and are included in changes in other assets or other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
Retirement Plans
The Company has various retirement plans in place for current and former employees, including postretirement benefit plans, supplemental executive retirement plans, a frozen multiemployer pension plan, a frozen defined benefit pension plan, deferred compensation plans, as well as other benefits.
The postretirement benefit plans and the supplemental executive retirement plans are unfunded and therefore have no plan assets. The actuarial cost method used to compute the benefit liabilities and related expense is the projected unit credit method. The projected benefit obligation is principally determined based on the present value of the projected benefit distributions at an assumed discount rate. The discount rate which is utilized is based on the investment yield of high quality corporate bonds available in the market place with maturities approximately equal to projected cash flows of future benefit payments as of the measurement date. Periodic benefit expense (or income) includes service costs and interest costs based on the assumed discount rate, amortization of prior service costs due to plan amendments and amortization of actuarial gains and losses. Service costs are included in salaries and employee benefits and all other costs are included in other noninterest expense. The amortization of actuarial gains and losses is determined using the 10% corridor minimum amortization approach and is taken over the average remaining future working lifetime of the plan participants. The underfunded status of the plans is recorded as a liability on the balance sheet.
The multiemployer pension plan’s assets are determined based on fair value, generally representing observable market prices. The actuarial cost method used to compute the pension liabilities and related expense is the unit credit method. The pension expense is equal to the plan contribution requirement of the Company for the plan year.
The Company maintains two frozen single employer pension plans. The Company accounts for these pension plans using an actuarial model that allocates pension costs over the service period of employees in the plan. The Company accounts for the over-funded or under-funded status of the pension plans as an asset or liability on its consolidated balance sheets and recognizes changes in the funded status that are not reflected in net periodic pension cost as other comprehensive income or loss.
The Director Deferred Compensation Plan allows directors to invest their funds into a diversified investment portfolio and the 401(k) Restoration Plan allows employees to invest their funds in both Company stock and other investment alternatives offered by the Plan. All funds under both of these plans are held in a rabbi trust. The plans do not permit diversification after initial election and therefore elections made to defer into Company stock result in both the investment and
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
obligation recognized within Stockholders’ Equity. Alternatively, investments not in Company stock are included in trading securities, with the correlating obligation classified as a liability.
The Company has obligations with various individuals related to certain post-retirement benefits. The obligations are based on the individual’s service through retirement, with the associated cost recognized over the requisite service period. The accrual methodology results in an accrued amount at the full eligibility date equal to the then present value of all of the future benefits expected to be paid.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company recognizes stock-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of the award, with no adjustment for estimated forfeitures, as forfeitures are recognized when they occur. For restricted stock awards and units, the Company recognizes compensation expense ratably over the vesting period for the fair value of the award, measured at the grant date. For stock option awards, the Company values awards granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company recognizes compensation expense for these awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award (straight-line attribution method), ensuring that the amount of compensation cost recognized at any date at least equals the portion of the grant-date fair value of the award that is vested at that time. The Company recognizes excess tax benefits on certain stock compensation transactions. The excess tax benefits are recorded through earnings as a discrete item within the Company’s effective tax rate during the period of the transaction.
Income Taxes
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability (or balance sheet) method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in enacted tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Income taxes are allocated to each entity in the consolidated group based on its share of taxable income. Management exercises significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets, including projections of future taxable income. Additionally, a liability for unrecognized tax benefits is recorded for uncertain tax positions taken by the Company on its tax returns for which there is less than a 50% likelihood of being recognized upon a tax examination.
Low Income Housing Tax Credits
The Company accounts for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method. Under the proportional amortization method the Company amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received, and recognizes the net investment benefit as a component of income tax expense (benefit).
Assets Under Administration
Assets held in a fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, as such assets are not assets of the Company. Revenue from administrative and management activities associated with these assets is recorded on an accrual basis.
Extinguishment of Debt
Upon extinguishment of an outstanding debt, the Company records the difference between the exit price and the net carrying amount of the debt as a gain or loss on the extinguishment. The gain or loss is recorded as a component of other noninterest income or other noninterest expense, respectively.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula under which earnings per share is calculated from common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Under this method, all earnings, distributed and undistributed, are
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
allocated to participating securities and common shares based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities, not subject to performance based measures (i.e. unvested time-vested restricted stock). Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (inclusive of participating securities). Diluted earnings per share have been calculated in a manner similar to that of basic earnings per share except that the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if all potentially dilutive common shares (such as those resulting from the exercise of stock options or the attainment of performance measures) were issued during the period, computed using the treasury stock method.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on debt securities, if applicable, unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges, deferred gains on hedge accounting transactions, and changes in the funded status of the Company’s postretirement and supplemental retirement plans.
Fair Value Measurements
In general, fair values of financial instruments are based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters.
Recent Accounting Standards
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 220-40 “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures” Update No. 2024-03. Update No 2024-03 was issued in November 2024 and requires disclosure, in the notes to financial statements, of specified information about certain costs and expenses for both interim and annual reporting periods. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard and does not expect the adoption to have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.
FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” Update No. 2023-09. Update No. 2023-09 was issued in December 2023 and aims to enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures by requiring disaggregated information related to the effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024 and requires prospective application with the option to apply retrospectively. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.
FASB ASC Topic 280 “Segment Reporting” Update No. 2023-07. Update No. 2023-07 was issued in November 2023 to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within each reported measure of profit or loss. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted this standard, effective December 31, 2024.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 2 SECURITIES
Trading Securities
The Company had trading securities of $4.2 million and $5.0 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These securities are held in a rabbi trust and will be used for future payments associated with the Company’s non-qualified 401(k) Restoration Plan and Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan.
Equity Securities
The Company had equity securities of $21.2 million and $22.5 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These securities consist primarily of mutual funds held in a rabbi trust and will be used for future payments associated with the Company’s supplemental executive retirement plans.
The following table represents a summary of the gains and losses recognized within non-interest income and non-interest expense within the consolidated statements of income that relate to equity securities for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Net gains (losses) recognized during the period on equity securities $ 423 $ 1,180 $ (3,061)
Less: net gains recognized during the period on equity securities sold during the period 877 197 -
Unrealized (losses) gains recognized during the reporting period on equity securities still held at the reporting date $ (454) $ 983 $ (3,061)
Available for Sale Securities
The following table summarizes the amortized cost, allowance for credit losses, and fair value of available for sale securities and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023
Amortized
Cost Gross
Unrealized
Gains Gross Unrealized
Losses Allowance for credit losses Fair
Value Amortized
Cost Gross
Unrealized
Gains Gross Unrealized
Losses Allowance for credit losses Fair
Value
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agency securities $ 229,452 $ - $ (19,792) $ - $ 209,660 $ 230,198 $ - $ (23,060) $ - $ 207,138
U.S. treasury securities 628,017 - (36,016) - 592,001 824,597 - (55,495) - 769,102
Agency mortgage-backed securities 415,918 25 (37,782) - 378,161 314,269 24 (37,246) - 277,047
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 31,168 1 (2,174) - 28,995 35,713 6 (2,530) - 33,189
State, county, and municipal securities 197 - (3) - 194 195 - (5) - 190
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers 1,180 - (85) - 1,095 1,188 - (170) - 1,018
Small business administration pooled securities 48,032 - (7,194) - 40,838 53,702 - (7,130) - 46,572
Total available for sale securities $ 1,353,964 $ 26 $ (103,046) $ - $ 1,250,944 $ 1,459,862 $ 30 $ (125,636) $ - $ 1,334,256
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Excluded from the table above is accrued interest on available for sale securities of $2.9 million and $3.4 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is included within other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Company did not record any write-offs of accrued interest income on available for sale securities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Furthermore, no securities held by the Company were delinquent on contractual payments nor were any securities placed on non-accrual status at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
When securities are sold, the adjusted cost of the specific security sold is used to compute the gain or loss on the sale. The Company had no sales of securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and therefore no gains or losses were realized during the periods presented.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The following tables show the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position as of the dates indicated. These available for sale securities are aggregated by major security type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
December 31, 2024
Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total
# of
holdings Fair Value Unrealized
Losses Fair
Value Unrealized
Losses Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agency securities 9 $ - $ - $ 209,660 $ (19,792) $ 209,660 $ (19,792)
U.S. treasury securities 13 - - 592,001 (36,016) 592,001 (36,016)
Agency mortgage-backed securities 117 127,152 (2,867) 249,098 (34,915) 376,250 (37,782)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 11 1,153 (4) 26,890 (2,170) 28,043 (2,174)
State, county, and municipal securities 1 194 (3) - - 194 (3)
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers 1 - - 1,095 (85) 1,095 (85)
Small business administration pooled securities 8 - - 40,838 (7,194) 40,838 (7,194)
Total impaired available for sale securities 160 $ 128,499 $ (2,874) $ 1,119,582 $ (100,172) $ 1,248,081 $ (103,046)
December 31, 2023
Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total
# of
holdings Fair Value Unrealized
Losses Fair
Value Unrealized
Losses Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
U.S. government agency securities 9 $ - $ - $ 207,138 $ (23,060) $ 207,138 $ (23,060)
U.S. treasury securities 17 - - 769,102 (55,495) 769,102 (55,495)
Agency mortgage-backed securities 115 1,091 (11) 273,447 (37,235) 274,538 (37,246)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 12 339 (2) 31,682 (2,528) 32,021 (2,530)
State, county, and municipal securities 1 190 (5) - - 190 (5)
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers 1 - - 1,018 (170) 1,018 (170)
Small business administration pooled securities 8 - - 46,572 (7,130) 46,572 (7,130)
Total impaired available for sale securities 163 $ 1,620 $ (18) $ 1,328,959 $ (125,618) $ 1,330,579 $ (125,636)
The Company does not intend to sell these investments and has determined, based upon available evidence, that it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell each security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis. In addition, management does not believe that any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. As a result, the Company did not recognize a provision for credit losses on these investments for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. The Company made this determination by reviewing various qualitative and quantitative factors regarding each investment category, such as current market conditions, extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, volatility of earnings, and current analysts’ evaluations.
As a result of the Company’s review of these qualitative and quantitative factors, the causes of the impairments listed in the table above by category were as follows at December 31, 2024:
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
•U.S. Government Agency Securities, U.S. Treasury Securities, Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities, Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Small Business Administration Pooled Securities: These portfolios have contractual terms that generally do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the current par value of the investment. The decline in market value of these securities is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality. Additionally, these securities are implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies.
•State, County and Municipal Securities: This portfolio has contractual terms that generally do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the current par value of the investment. The decline in market value of these securities is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality.
•Pooled Trust Preferred Securities: This portfolio consists of one security which is performing. The unrealized loss on this security is attributable to the illiquid nature of the trust preferred market in the current economic and regulatory environment. Management evaluates collateral credit and instrument structure, including current and expected deferral and default rates and timing. In addition, discount rates are determined by evaluating comparable spreads observed currently in the market for similar instruments.
Held to Maturity Securities
The following table summarizes the amortized cost, fair value and allowance for credit losses of held to maturity securities and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023
Amortized
Cost Gross
Unrealized
Gains Gross Unrealized
Losses Allowance for credit losses Fair
Value Amortized
Cost Gross
Unrealized
Gains Gross Unrealized
Losses Allowance for credit losses Fair
Value
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agency securities $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 29,521 $ - $ (1,113) - $ 28,408
U.S. treasury securities 100,791 - (7,769) - 93,022 100,712 - (9,177) - 91,535
Agency mortgage-backed securities 788,470 90 (62,198) - 726,362 829,431 175 (65,878) - 763,728
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 422,827 - (65,143) - 357,684 477,517 - (69,606) - 407,911
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks - - - - - 1,500 - (127) - 1,373
Small business administration pooled securities 122,868 - (8,135) - 114,733 130,426 384 (6,157) - 124,653
Total held to maturity securities $ 1,434,956 $ 90 $ (143,245) $ - $ 1,291,801 $ 1,569,107 $ 559 $ (152,058) $ - $ 1,417,608
Substantially all held to maturity securities held by the Company are guaranteed by the U.S. federal government or other government sponsored agencies and have a long history of no credit losses. As a result, management has determined these securities to have a zero loss expectation and therefore the Company did not record a provision for estimated credit losses on any held to maturity securities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Excluded from the table above is accrued interest on held to maturity securities of $3.8 million and $4.3 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is included within other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Company did not record any write-offs of accrued interest income on held to maturity securities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Furthermore, no securities held by the Company were delinquent on contractual payments nor were any securities placed on non-accrual status at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
When securities are sold, the adjusted cost of the specific security sold is used to compute the gain or loss on the sale. The Company had no sales of held to maturity securities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and therefore no gains or losses were realized during the periods presented.
The Company monitors the credit quality of held to maturity securities through the use of credit ratings. Credit ratings are monitored by the Company on at least a quarterly basis. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, all held to maturity securities held by the Company were rated investment grade or higher.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The actual maturities of certain available for sale or held to maturity securities may differ from the contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. A schedule of the contractual maturities of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity at December 31, 2024 is presented below:
Due in one year or less Due after one year to five years Due after five to ten years Due after ten years Total
Amortized
Cost Fair
Value Amortized
Cost Fair
Value Amortized
Cost Fair
Value Amortized
Cost Fair
Value Amortized
Cost Fair
Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale securities
U.S. government agency securities $ - $ - $ 229,452 $ 209,660 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 229,452 $ 209,660
U.S. treasury securities 149,764 147,143 478,253 444,858 - - - - 628,017 592,001
Agency mortgage-backed securities 51 50 185,404 173,011 46,225 40,726 184,238 164,374 415,918 378,161
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations - - - - 2,508 2,314 28,660 26,681 31,168 28,995
State, county, and municipal securities - - 197 194 - - - - 197 194
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers - - - - - - 1,180 1,095 1,180 1,095
Small business administration pooled securities - - - - - - 48,032 40,838 48,032 40,838
Total available for sale securities $ 149,815 $ 147,193 $ 893,306 $ 827,723 $ 48,733 $ 43,040 $ 262,110 $ 232,988 $ 1,353,964 $ 1,250,944
Held to maturity securities
U.S. Treasury securities $ - $ - $ 99,798 $ 92,205 $ 993 $ 817 $ - $ - $ 100,791 $ 93,022
Agency mortgage-backed securities 81 80 463,524 435,908 163,379 143,000 161,486 147,374 788,470 726,362
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations - - 61,215 57,331 16,776 14,963 344,836 285,390 422,827 357,684
Small business administration pooled securities - - - - 6,555 6,043 116,313 108,690 122,868 114,733
Total held to maturity securities $ 81 $ 80 $ 624,537 $ 585,444 $ 187,703 $ 164,823 $ 622,635 $ 541,454 $ 1,434,956 $ 1,291,801
Total $ 149,896 $ 147,273 $ 1,517,843 $ 1,413,167 $ 236,436 $ 207,863 $ 884,745 $ 774,442 $ 2,788,920 $ 2,542,745
Included in the table above is $24.7 million of callable securities at December 31, 2024.
The carrying value of securities pledged to secure public funds, trust deposits, and for other purposes, as required or permitted by law, was $2.1 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no investments in obligations of individual states, counties, or municipalities which exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 3 LOANS, ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND CREDIT QUALITY
Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Credit Losses
The following table summarizes the change in allowance for credit losses by loan category, and bifurcates the amount of loans allocated to each loan category for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31, 2024
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and
Industrial Commercial
Real Estate Commercial
Construction Small
Business Residential
Real Estate
Home Equity Other Consumer Total
Allowance for credit losses
Beginning balance $ 33,317 $ 60,074 $ 7,683 $ 3,963 $ 23,637 $ 12,797 $ 751 $ 142,222
Charge-offs (5,897) - - (696) - (380) (3,374) (10,347)
Recoveries 93 - - 101 - 343 1,322 1,859
Provision for credit losses 287 32,461 483 814 1,601 (1,753) 2,357 36,250
Ending balance (1) $ 27,800 $ 92,535 $ 8,166 $ 4,182 $ 25,238 $ 11,007 $ 1,056 $ 169,984
Years Ended December 31, 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and
Industrial Commercial
Real Estate Commercial
Construction Small
Business Residential
Real Estate
Home Equity Other Consumer Total
Allowance for credit losses
Beginning balance $ 42,153 $ 63,205 $ 10,762 $ 2,834 $ 20,973 $ 11,504 $ 988 $ 152,419
Charge-offs (23,564) (7,855) - (484) - (47) (2,832) (34,782)
Recoveries 145 - - 92 - 62 1,036 1,335
Provision for credit losses 14,583 4,724 (3,079) 1,521 2,664 1,278 1,559 23,250
Ending balance (1) $ 33,317 $ 60,074 $ 7,683 $ 3,963 $ 23,637 $ 12,797 $ 751 $ 142,222
Year Ended December 31, 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and
Industrial Commercial
Real Estate Commercial
Construction Small
Business Residential
Real Estate Home Equity Other Consumer Total
Allowance for credit losses
Beginning balance $ 29,023 $ 68,865 $ 12,316 $ 3,508 $ 14,484 $ 17,986 $ 740 $ 146,922
Charge-offs - (62) - (196) - (122) (2,272) (2,652)
Recoveries 49 333 - 149 - 121 997 1,649
Initial reserve on PCD loans
Provision for credit losses 13,081 (5,931) (1,554) (627) 6,489 (6,481) 1,523 6,500
Ending balance (1) $ 42,153 $ 63,205 $ 10,762 $ 2,834 $ 20,973 $ 11,504 $ 988 $ 152,419
(1)Balances of accrued interest receivable excluded from amortized cost and the calculation of allowance for credit losses amounted to $55.6 million, $60.2 million, and $50.8 million at December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
The balance of allowance for credit losses of $170.0 million at December 31, 2024 increased by $27.8 million, or 19.5% from the prior year driven primarily by specific reserve allocations on certain individually evaluated commercial loans.
For the purpose of estimating the allowance for credit losses, management segregated the loan portfolio into the portfolio segments detailed in the above tables. Each of these loan categories possesses unique risk characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level of allowance for each segment. Some of the characteristics unique to each loan category include:
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Commercial Portfolio
•Commercial and Industrial: Consists of revolving, non-revolving, and term loan obligations extended to business and corporate enterprises for the purpose of financing working capital and/or capital investment, as well as loans to finance owner-occupied commercial properties. Collateral generally consists of accounts receivable, inventory, plant and equipment, real estate, or other business assets. The primary source of repayment is operating cash flow and, secondarily, liquidation of assets.
•Commercial Real Estate: Consists of mortgage loans to finance investment in real property such as multi-family residential, commercial/retail, office, industrial, hotels, educational and healthcare facilities, as well as other specific use properties and is inclusive of non-owner-occupied commercial properties. Loans are typically written with amortizing payment structures. Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations. Permissible loan to value ratios at origination are governed by Company policy and regulatory guidelines. The primary source of repayment is cash flow from operating leases and rents and, secondarily, liquidation of assets.
•Commercial Construction: Consists of short-term construction loans, revolving and nonrevolving credit lines and construction/permanent loans to finance the acquisition, development and construction or rehabilitation of real property. Project types include residential land development, one-to-four family, condominium, and multi-family home construction, commercial/retail, office, industrial, hotels, educational and healthcare facilities as well as other specific use properties. Loans may be written with nonamortizing or hybrid payment structures depending upon the type of project. Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations. Permissible loan to value ratios at origination are governed by Company policy and regulatory guidelines. Repayment sources vary depending upon the type of project and may consist of proceeds from the sale or lease of units, operating cash flows or liquidation of other assets.
•Small Business: Consists of revolving, term loan and mortgage obligations extended to sole proprietors and small businesses for purposes of financing working capital and/or capital investment. Collateral generally consists of pledges of business assets including, but not limited to, accounts receivable, inventory, plant and equipment, or real estate if applicable. The primary source of repayment is operating cash flows and, secondarily, liquidation of assets.
For the commercial portfolio the Company typically obtains personal guarantees for payment from individuals holding material ownership interests in the borrowing entities.
Consumer Portfolio
•Residential Real Estate: Residential mortgage loans held in the Company’s portfolio are made to borrowers who demonstrate the ability to make scheduled payments with full consideration to underwriting factors such as current and expected income, employment status, current assets, other financial resources, credit history and the value of the collateral. Collateral consists of mortgage liens on one-to-four family residential properties. Residential mortgage loans also include loans to construct owner-occupied one-to-four family residential properties.
•Home Equity: Home equity loans and credit lines are made to qualified individuals and are primarily secured by senior or junior mortgage liens on one-to-four family homes, condominiums or vacation homes. Each home equity loan has a fixed rate and is billed in equal payments comprised of principal and interest. The majority of home equity lines of credit have a variable rate and are billed in interest-only payments during the draw period. At the end of the draw period, the home equity line of credit is billed as a percentage of the then outstanding principal balance plus all accrued interest over a predetermined repayment period, as set forth in the note. Additionally, the Company has the option of renewing each line of credit for additional draw periods. Borrower qualifications include favorable credit history combined with supportive income requirements and combined loan to value ratios within established policy guidelines.
•Other Consumer: Other consumer loan products include personal lines of credit and amortizing loans made to qualified individuals for various purposes such as debt consolidation, personal expenses or overdraft protection. Borrower qualifications include favorable credit history combined with supportive income and collateral requirements within established policy guidelines. These loans may be secured or unsecured.
Credit Quality
The Company continually monitors the asset quality of the loan portfolio using all available information. Based on this information, loans demonstrating certain payment issues or other weaknesses may be categorized as adversely risk-rated, delinquent, nonperforming and/or put on nonaccrual status. Additionally, in the course of resolving such loans, the Company may choose to modify the contractual terms of certain loans to match the borrower’s ability to repay the loan based on their current financial condition.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The Company reviews numerous credit quality indicators when assessing the risk in its loan portfolio. For the commercial portfolio, the Company utilizes a 10-point credit risk-rating system, which assigns a risk-grade to each loan obligation based on a number of quantitative and qualitative factors associated with a commercial or small business loan transaction. Factors considered include industry and market conditions, position within the industry, earnings trends, operating cash flow, asset/liability values, debt capacity, guarantor strength, management and controls, financial reporting, collateral, and other considerations. The risk-rating categories for the commercial portfolio are defined as follows:
•Pass: Risk-rating “1” through “6” comprises loans ranging from ‘Substantially Risk Free’ which indicates borrowers are of unquestioned credit standing and the pinnacle of credit quality, well established companies with a very strong financial condition, and loans fully secured by cash collateral, through ‘Acceptable Risk,’ which indicates borrowers may exhibit declining earnings, strained cash flow, increasing or above average leverage and/or weakening market fundamentals that indicate below average asset quality, margins and market share. Collateral coverage is protective.
•Special Mention: Borrowers exhibit potential credit weaknesses or downward trends deserving management’s close attention. If not checked or corrected, these trends will weaken the Company’s asset and position. While potentially weak, currently these borrowers are marginally acceptable; no loss of principal or interest is envisioned.
•Substandard: Borrowers exhibit well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly liquidation of debt. Loans may be inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. Normal repayment from the borrower is in jeopardy, although no loss of principal is envisioned. However, there is a distinct possibility that a partial loss of interest and/or principal will occur if the deficiencies are not corrected. Collateral coverage may be inadequate to cover the principal obligation.
•Doubtful: Borrowers exhibit well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly liquidation of debt with the added provision that the weaknesses make collection of the debt in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Serious problems exist to the point where partial loss of principal is likely.
•Loss: Borrowers deemed incapable of repayment. Loans to such borrowers are considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuation as active assets of the Company is not warranted.
The Company utilizes a comprehensive, continuous strategy for evaluating and monitoring commercial credit quality. Initially, credit quality is determined at loan origination and is re-evaluated when subsequent actions, such as renewals, modifications or reviews, occur. Actively managed commercial borrowers are required to provide updated financial information at least annually which is carefully evaluated for any changes in credit quality. Larger loan relationships are subject to a full annual credit review by experienced credit professionals, while continuous portfolio monitoring techniques are employed to evaluate changes in credit quality for smaller loan relationships. Any changes in credit quality are reflected in risk-rating changes. Additionally, the Company retains an independent loan review firm to evaluate the credit quality of the commercial loan portfolio. The independent loan review process achieves significant penetration into the commercial loan portfolio and reports the results of these reviews to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.
For the Company’s consumer portfolio, the quality of the loan is best indicated by the repayment performance of an individual borrower. As a result, for this portfolio the Company utilizes a pass/default risk-rating system, based on an age analysis (i.e., days past due) associated with each consumer loan. Under this structure, consumer loans less than 90 days past due are assigned a “pass” rating, while any consumer loans 90 days or more past due are assigned a “default” rating.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The following table details the amortized cost balances of the Company’s loan portfolios, presented by credit quality indicator and origination year as of the dates indicated below:
December 31, 2024
2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving converted to Term Total (1)
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and
industrial
Pass $ 690,411 $ 302,384 $ 351,296 $ 243,361 $ 166,779 $ 504,804 $ 623,730 $ 1,117 $ 2,883,882
Special Mention 18,600 554 2,394 10,610 871 2,458 40,927 - 76,414
Substandard 16,933 4,195 5,276 27,641 139 22 21,517 - 75,723
Doubtful - - - - - - 11,652 - 11,652
Loss - - - - - - - - -
Total commercial and industrial $ 725,944 $ 307,133 $ 358,966 $ 281,612 $ 167,789 $ 507,284 $ 697,826 $ 1,117 $ 3,047,671
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,897 $ - $ 5,897
Commercial real estate
Pass $ 774,331 $ 866,492 $ 907,629 $ 1,036,174 $ 997,858 $ 1,823,148 $ 98,473 $ 241 $ 6,504,346
Special Mention 16,243 5,935 - 760 - 60,184 198 - 83,320
Substandard 53,532 13,017 12,967 10,145 916 5,836 - - 96,413
Doubtful - 53,752 - 11,660 - 7,217 - - 72,629
Loss - - - - - - - - -
Total commercial real estate $ 844,106 $ 939,196 $ 920,596 $ 1,058,739 $ 998,774 $ 1,896,385 $ 98,671 $ 241 $ 6,756,708
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
Commercial construction
Pass $ 288,979 $ 173,856 $ 130,245 $ 62,972 $ - $ 24,583 $ 32,077 $ 1,756 $ 714,468
Special Mention - 2,316 15,622 9,078 - - - - 27,016
Substandard 31,549 - 9,045 - - - - - 40,594
Doubtful - - - - - - - - -
Loss - - - - - - - - -
Total commercial construction $ 320,528 $ 176,172 $ 154,912 $ 72,050 $ - $ 24,583 $ 32,077 $ 1,756 $ 782,078
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
Small business
Pass $ 56,869 $ 44,676 $ 43,925 $ 32,858 $ 21,527 $ 26,457 $ 52,919 $ 1 $ 279,232
Special Mention - 102 16 114 93 218 607 - 1,150
Substandard 199 259 63 1 180 329 368 - 1,399
Doubtful - - - - - - - - -
Loss - - - - - - - - -
Total small business $ 57,068 $ 45,037 $ 44,004 $ 32,973 $ 21,800 $ 27,004 $ 53,894 $ 1 $ 281,781
Current-period gross write-offs $ 48 $ 39 $ 35 $ 54 $ - $ - $ 520 $ - $ 696
Residential real estate
Pass $ 197,985 $ 472,546 $ 607,105 $ 381,182 $ 173,047 $ 625,111 $ - $ - $ 2,456,976
Default - 209 636 373 742 1,664 - - 3,624
Total residential real estate $ 197,985 $ 472,755 $ 607,741 $ 381,555 $ 173,789 $ 626,775 $ - $ - $ 2,460,600
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
Home equity
Pass $ 14,888 $ 24,020 $ 32,577 $ 49,290 $ 45,322 $ 127,029 $ 829,688 $ 16,229 $ 1,139,043
Default - - - - - 226 803 96 1,125
Total home equity $ 14,888 $ 24,020 $ 32,577 $ 49,290 $ 45,322 $ 127,255 $ 830,491 $ 16,325 $ 1,140,168
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 241 $ 139 $ 380
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Other consumer (2)
Pass $ 651 $ 445 $ 151 $ 599 $ 211 $ 1,158 $ 36,157 $ - $ 39,372
Default - - - - - - - - -
Total other consumer $ 651 $ 445 $ 151 $ 599 $ 211 $ 1,158 $ 36,157 $ - $ 39,372
Current-period gross write-offs $ 3,339 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 19 $ 16 $ - $ 3,374
Total $ 2,161,170 $ 1,964,758 $ 2,118,947 $ 1,876,818 $ 1,407,685 $ 3,210,444 $ 1,749,116 $ 19,440 $ 14,508,378
Total current-period gross write-offs $ 3,387 $ 39 $ 35 $ 54 $ - $ 19 $ 6,674 $ 139 $ 10,347
December 31, 2023
2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving converted to Term Total (1)
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and
industrial
Pass $ 495,341 $ 416,975 $ 291,956 $ 205,587 $ 130,524 $ 478,736 $ 695,539 $ 90 $ 2,714,748
Special Mention 10,101 12,998 30,718 10,427 1,746 62,394 28,218 - 156,602
Substandard 8,644 1,329 902 3,751 2,626 4,493 32,728 - 54,473
Doubtful - - - - - - - - -
Loss - - - - - - - - -
Total commercial and industrial $ 514,086 $ 431,302 $ 323,576 $ 219,765 $ 134,896 $ 545,623 $ 756,485 $ 90 $ 2,925,823
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ 91 $ - $ - $ - $ 34 $ 23,439 $ - $ 23,564
Commercial real estate
Pass $ 951,249 $ 945,049 $ 1,095,168 $ 1,135,865 $ 507,403 $ 1,710,045 $ 76,759 $ 3,359 $ 6,424,897
Special Mention 56,424 25,180 21,365 12,199 135 56,253 - - 171,556
Substandard 30,525 18,321 22,844 916 6,172 12,090 - - 90,868
Doubtful - - - - 8,350 - - - 8,350
Loss - - - - - - - - -
Total commercial real estate $ 1,038,198 $ 988,550 $ 1,139,377 $ 1,148,980 $ 522,060 $ 1,778,388 $ 76,759 $ 3,359 $ 6,695,671
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ 5,072 $ - $ - $ 2,783 $ - $ - $ - $ 7,855
Commercial construction
Pass $ 180,045 $ 381,352 $ 127,431 $ 44,953 $ 23,823 $ 1,561 $ 17,503 $ - $ 776,668
Special Mention 12,106 - 5,292 - - - - - 17,398
Substandard 10,955 26,146 18,419 - - - - - 55,520
Doubtful - - - - - - - - -
Loss - - - - - - - - -
Total commercial construction $ 203,106 $ 407,498 $ 151,142 $ 44,953 $ 23,823 $ 1,561 $ 17,503 $ - $ 849,586
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
Small business
Pass $ 50,734 $ 51,157 $ 39,435 $ 25,643 $ 12,944 $ 22,412 $ 46,130 $ - $ 248,455
Special Mention - - - 154 - 184 314 - 652
Substandard 530 282 90 475 - 669 803 - 2,849
Doubtful - - - - - - - - -
Loss - - - - - - - - -
Total small business $ 51,264 $ 51,439 $ 39,525 $ 26,272 $ 12,944 $ 23,265 $ 47,247 $ - $ 251,956
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ - $ 54 $ 40 $ - $ - $ 390 $ - $ 484
Residential real estate
Pass $ 505,517 $ 638,223 $ 405,386 $ 184,833 $ 88,473 $ 598,562 $ - $ - $ 2,420,994
Default - - - - 854 2,906 - - 3,760
Total residential real estate $ 505,517 $ 638,223 $ 405,386 $ 184,833 $ 89,327 $ 601,468 $ - $ - $ 2,424,754
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Home equity
Pass $ 28,903 $ 38,401 $ 54,944 $ 49,803 $ 29,103 $ 121,286 $ 770,074 $ 4,583 $ 1,097,097
Default - - - - - 63 324 142 529
Total home equity $ 28,903 $ 38,401 $ 54,944 $ 49,803 $ 29,103 $ 121,349 $ 770,398 $ 4,725 $ 1,097,626
Current-period gross write-offs $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 47 $ - $ 47
Other consumer (2)
Pass $ 639 $ 263 $ 1,178 $ 706 $ 256 $ 1,835 $ 27,769 $ - $ 32,646
Default - - - - 1 - 7 - 8
Total other consumer $ 639 $ 263 $ 1,178 $ 706 $ 257 $ 1,835 $ 27,776 $ - $ 32,654
Current-period gross write-offs $ 2,766 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 49 $ 17 $ - $ 2,832
Total $ 2,341,713 $ 2,555,676 $ 2,115,128 $ 1,675,312 $ 812,410 $ 3,073,489 $ 1,696,168 $ 8,174 $ 14,278,070
Total current-period gross write-offs $ 2,766 $ 5,163 $ 54 $ 40 $ 2,783 $ 83 $ 23,893 $ - $ 34,782
(1)Loans origination dates in the tables above reflect the original date, or the date of a material modification of a previously originated loan, for both organic originations and acquired loans.
(2)Other consumer portfolio is inclusive of deposit account overdrafts recorded as loan balances and the associated gross write-offs.
For the Company’s consumer portfolio, the quality of the loan is best indicated by the repayment performance of an individual borrower. However, the Company does supplement performance data with current Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores and Loan to Value (“LTV”) estimates. Current FICO data is purchased and appended to all consumer loans on a regular basis. In addition, automated valuation services and broker opinions of value are used to supplement original value data for the residential real estate and home equity portfolios, periodically. The following table shows the weighted average FICO scores and the weighted average combined LTV ratios at the dates indicated below:
December 31
2024 December 31
Residential portfolio
FICO score (re-scored)(1) 755 754
LTV (re-valued)(2) 57.9 % 59.8 %
Home equity portfolio
FICO score (re-scored)(1) 769 770
LTV (re-valued)(2)(3) 43.9 % 43.3 %
(1)The average FICO scores at December 31, 2024 are based upon rescores from December 2024, as available for previously originated loans, or origination score data for loans booked in December 2024. The average FICO scores at December 31, 2023 were based upon rescores from December 2023, as available for previously originated loans, or origination score data for loans booked in December 2023.
(2)The combined LTV ratios for December 31, 2024 are based upon updated automated valuations as of November 2024, when available, and/or the most current valuation data available. The combined LTV ratios for December 31, 2023 were based upon updated automated valuations as of November 2023, when available, and/or the most current valuation data available as of such date. The updated automated valuations provide new information on loans that may be available since the previous valuation was obtained. If no new information is available, the valuation will default to the previously obtained data or most recent appraisal.
(3)For home equity loans and lines in a subordinate lien, the LTV data represents a combined LTV, taking into account the senior lien data for loans and lines.
Unfunded Commitments
Management evaluates the need for a reserve on unfunded lending commitments in a manner consistent with loans held for investment. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s estimated reserve for unfunded commitments amounted to $1.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
Asset Quality
The Company’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring, which stresses early detection and response to delinquent and default situations. Delinquent loans are managed by a team of collection specialists and the Company seeks to make arrangements to resolve any delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time frame. As a general rule, loans 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest are classified as nonaccrual loans. The Company also may use discretion regarding other loans 90 days or more delinquent if the loan is well secured and/or in process of collection.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The following table shows information regarding nonaccrual loans at the dates indicated:
Nonaccrual Balances
December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023
With Allowance for Credit Losses Without Allowance for Credit Losses (1) Total With Allowance for Credit Losses Without Allowance for Credit Losses (1) Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial $ 2,500 $ 11,652 $ 14,152 $ 26,507 $ 298 $ 26,805
Commercial real estate 67,126 7,217 74,343 5,294 11,041 16,335
Small business 302 - 302 394 4 398
Residential real estate 10,243 - 10,243 7,634 - 7,634
Home equity 2,479 - 2,479 3,171 - 3,171
Other consumer 10 - 10 40 - 40
Total nonaccrual loans $ 82,660 $ 18,869 $ 101,529 $ 43,040 $ 11,343 $ 54,383
(1)Nonaccrual balances reported above without an allowance for credit losses are attributable to loans evaluated on an individual basis where it was determined that there was no risk of loss due to sufficient underlying collateral values.
It is the Company’s policy to reverse any accrued interest when a loan is put on nonaccrual status, and, as such, the Company did not record any interest income on nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, except for instances where nonaccrual loans were paid off in excess of the recorded book balance. Total accrued interest reversed against interest income amounted to $676,000, $1.0 million, and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
The following table shows information regarding foreclosed residential real estate property at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor $ - $ 110
Recorded investment in mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure $ 1,301 $ 1,697
The following tables show the age analysis of past due financing receivables at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2024
30-59 days 60-89 days 90 days or more Total Past Due Total
Financing
Receivables (2)
Number
of Loans Principal
Balance Number
of Loans Principal
Balance Number
of Loans Principal
Balance Number
of Loans Principal
Balance Current
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial 120 $ 5,807 1 $ 5 5 $ 13,843 126 $ 19,655 $ 3,028,016 $ 3,047,671
Commercial real estate 3 33,087 - - 3 20,458 6 53,545 6,703,163 6,756,708
Commercial construction - - - - - - - - 782,078 782,078
Small business 6 830 4 24 3 29 13 883 280,898 281,781
Residential real estate 27 6,310 9 1,401 10 2,224 46 9,935 2,450,665 2,460,600
Home equity 9 1,046 11 764 10 1,126 30 2,936 1,137,232 1,140,168
Other consumer (1) 596 441 3 7 6 6 605 454 38,918 39,372
Total 761 $ 47,521 28 $ 2,201 37 $ 37,686 826 $ 87,408 $ 14,420,970 $ 14,508,378
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
December 31, 2023
30-59 days 60-89 days 90 days or more Total Past Due Total
Financing
Receivables (2)
Number
of Loans Principal
Balance Number
of Loans Principal
Balance Number
of Loans Principal
Balance Number
of Loans Principal
Balance Current
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial 7 $ 785 1 $ 17,538 2 $ 673 10 $ 18,996 $ 2,906,827 $ 2,925,823
Commercial real estate 7 14,287 2 8,419 3 7,279 12 29,985 6,665,686 6,695,671
Commercial construction - - - - - - - - 849,586 849,586
Small business 6 400 1 20 6 243 13 663 251,293 251,956
Residential real estate 24 6,216 7 2,187 13 1,573 44 9,976 2,414,778 2,424,754
Home equity 23 1,640 4 1,238 10 529 37 3,407 1,094,219 1,097,626
Other consumer (1) 413 288 14 31 6 8 433 327 32,327 32,654
Total 480 $ 23,616 29 $ 29,433 40 $ 10,305 549 $ 63,354 $ 14,214,716 $ 14,278,070
(1)Other consumer portfolio is inclusive of deposit account overdrafts recorded as loan balances.
(2)The amount of net unamortized deferred fees/costs on originated loans included in the ending balance was $6.1 million and $6.4 million at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively. Net unamortized discounts on acquired loans included in the ending balance was $8.1 million and $8.6 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Loan Modifications
The following tables present the period end amortized cost basis of loans modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the periods indicated, disaggregated by class of financing receivable, type of modification granted and the financial effect of the modifications:
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Financing Receivable Financial Effect
(Dollars in thousands)
Term Extension
Commercial and industrial $ 12,983 0.43% Added a weighted-average contractual term of 2.4 years to the life of the loans
Commercial real estate 26,749 0.40% Added a weighted-average contractual term of 2 years to the life of the loans
Commercial construction 818 0.10% Added a weighted-average contractual term of 6 months to the life of one loan
Residential real estate 764 0.03% Added a weighted-average contractual term of 7.9 years to the life of the loans
Total $ 41,314
Interest Rate Reduction
Small business $ 36 0.01% Reduced contractual rate on one loan from 11.00% to 8.20%
Home equity 63 0.01% Reduced contractual rate on one loan from 7.99% to 7.00%
Total $ 99
Other Than Insignificant Payment Delay
Commercial and industrial $ 11,604 0.38% Modification was made with minimal financial effect
Commercial construction 10,672 1.4% Modification was made with minimal financial effect
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Total $ 22,276
Combination - Term Extension and Interest Rate Reduction
Commercial and industrial $ 168 0.01% Added a weighted-average contractual term of 4.1 years to the life of the loans and reduced the weighted-average interest rate by 6.08%
Small business 26 0.01% Extended the contractual term on one loan by 2.5 years and reduced the interest rate from 10.25% to 6.50%
Residential real estate 397 0.02% Extended the contractual term on one loan by 6.1 years and reduced the interest rate from 7.75% to 6.30%
Home equity 69 0.01% Extended the contractual term on one loan by 8.1 years and reduced the interest rate from 10.00% to 6.80%
Total $ 660
Combination - Term Extension and Other Than Insignificant Payment Delay
Commercial real estate 25,929 0.38% The financial effects of term extensions are included in term extension table above, while the payment delay modifications had minimal financial effect
Total $ 25,929
Total Outstanding Modified $ 90,278
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Financing Receivable Financial Effect
(Dollars in thousands)
Term Extension
Commercial and industrial $ 11,010 0.38 % Added a weighted-average contractual term of 3 months to the life of the loans
Commercial real estate 17,530 0.26 % Added a weighted-average contractual term of 3.0 years to the life of the loans
Small business 208 0.08 % Added a weighted-average contractual term of 4.7 years to the life of the loans
Total $ 28,748
Combination - Term Extension and Interest Rate Reduction
Commercial and industrial $ 85 - % Reduced the contractual interest rate on one loan from 10.00% to 7.00%; the financial effect of term extensions is included in term extension table shown above
Small business $ 38 0.02 % Reduced the contractual interest rate on one loan from 10.00% to 6.50%; the financial effect of term extensions is included in term extension table shown above
Total $ 123
Combination - Term Extension and Other Than Insignificant Payment Delay
Commercial and industrial $ 8,370 0.29 % The financial effects of term extensions are included in term extension table above, while the payment delay modifications had minimal financial effect
Total $ 8,370
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Total Outstanding Modified $ 37,241
The Company closely monitors the performance of loans that are modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to understand the effectiveness of its modification efforts. The following tables depict the amortized cost and payment status of loans that were modified during the previous twelve months as of the periods indicated:
December 31, 2024
Payment Status (Amortized Cost Basis)
Current 30-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Loan Type
Commercial and industrial $ 24,755 $ - $ - $ 24,755
Commercial real estate 41,018 - 11,660 52,678
Commercial construction 11,490 - - 11,490
Small business 62 - - 62
Residential real estate 1,161 - - 1,161
Home equity 132 - - 132
Total $ 78,618 $ - $ 11,660 $ 90,278
December 31, 2023
Payment Status (Amortized Cost Basis)
Current 30-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Loan Type
Commercial and industrial $ 19,091 $ - $ 375 $ 19,466
Commercial real estate 17,393 - 136 17,529
Small business 246 - - 246
Total $ 36,730 $ - $ 511 $ 37,241
The Company considers a loan to have defaulted when it reaches 90 days past due. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, there was one $11.7 million commercial real estate loan modified to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty that subsequently defaulted. The table below shows the amortized cost basis of financing receivables modified during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 that subsequently defaulted:
Term Extension Combination - Term Extension and Other Than Insignificant Payment Delay Total
Commercial and industrial $ 374 $ 6,505 $ 6,879
Commercial real estate 136 - 136
Total $ 510 $ 6,505 $ 7,015
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
At December 31, 2024, the Company had $8.6 million in additional commitments to lend to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty whose loans were modified and included in the above tables for the year then ended, largely attributable to one borrower. There were no such additional commitments at December 31, 2023.
Loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are evaluated on a collective basis with loans sharing similar risk characteristics in accordance with the CECL methodology.
The following table shows the TDRs which occurred for the period indicated and the change in the recorded investment subsequent to the modifications occurring:
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Number of Contracts Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial 4 $ 3,466 $ 3,465
Commercial real estate 1 7,850 7,850
Total 5 $ 11,316 $ 11,315
All loans included in the post-modification balance of $11.3 million shown in the table above were comprised of maturity extension modifications.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 there were no loans modified that subsequently defaulted.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 4 BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Bank premises and equipment at December 31, were as follows:
2024 2023 Estimated
Useful Life
(Dollars in thousands) (In years)
Cost
Land $ 52,831 $ 52,844 n/a
Bank premises 104,899 99,973 5-40
Leasehold improvements 55,243 50,682 1-15
Furniture and equipment 112,600 102,251 1-10
Leased equipment 32,654 32,654 5
Total cost 358,227 338,404
Accumulated depreciation (164,907) (145,355)
Net bank premises and equipment $ 193,320 $ 193,049
Depreciation expense related to bank premises and equipment was $19.9 million, $18.9 million, and $18.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and is primarily reflected in occupancy and equipment expenses.
Leased equipment held by the Company totaled $32.7 million at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. The leased equipment is subject to a master lease agreement entered into during 2021 with a third-party lessee and the Company assumes the role of lessor in the transaction, which is deemed an operating lease for accounting purposes. The Company recognized rental income of $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.
NOTE 5 GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table sets forth the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, at December 31:
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Balances not subject to amortization
Goodwill $ 985,072 $ 985,072
Balances subject to amortization
Core deposit intangibles 10,689 15,237
Other intangible assets 1,595 2,953
Total other intangible assets 12,284 18,190
Total goodwill and other intangible assets $ 997,356 $ 1,003,262
There were no changes in the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and 2022, respectively.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets were as follows at the dates indicated:
December 31
2024 2023
Gross
Carrying
Amount Accumulated
Amortization Net
Carrying
Amount Gross
Carrying
Amount Accumulated
Amortization Net
Carrying
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
Core deposit intangibles $ 44,160 $ (33,471) $ 10,689 $ 46,770 $ (31,533) $ 15,237
Other intangible assets 6,100 (4,505) 1,595 6,100 (3,147) 2,953
Total $ 50,260 $ (37,976) $ 12,284 $ 52,870 $ (34,680) $ 18,190
The following table sets forth the estimated annual amortization expense of intangible assets for each of the next five years:
Year Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
2025 $ 4,716
2026 $ 2,820
2027 $ 2,077
2028 $ 1,377
2029 $ 710
The original weighted average amortization period for intangible assets is 9.4 years.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 6 DEPOSITS
The following is a summary of the scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31:
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
1 year or less $ 2,680,063 97.5 % $ 2,056,543 94.3 %
Over 1 year to 2 years 43,773 1.6 % 97,055 4.4 %
Over 2 years to 3 years 11,576 0.4 % 15,594 0.7 %
Over 3 years to 4 years 4,215 0.2 % 8,585 0.4 %
Over 4 years to 5 years 7,719 0.3 % 3,702 0.2 %
Total (1) $ 2,747,346 100.0 % $ 2,181,479 100.0 %
(1)The total amount of time deposit accounts with balances equal to or greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $774.9 million and $571.2 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had a balance of $4.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively in demand deposit overdrafts. Overdrafts are included in other consumer loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company had pledged assets as collateral covering certain deposits in the amount of $1.1 billion and $900.2 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured to the maximum extent permitted by law by the DIF which is administered by the FDIC. The FDIC offers insurance coverage on deposits up to the federally insured limit of $250,000.
NOTE 7 BORROWINGS
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings
The Company utilized FHLB advances for certain short-term and long-term borrowing needs, as deemed necessary. To manage the interest rate risk of these advances, the Company may enter into interest rate swap agreements which effectively fixes the rate of the borrowings. The table below shows the outstanding borrowings as well as the contractual rates and effective rates, net of any swap impact, at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023
Total Outstanding Weighted Average Contractual Rate Effective Rate, Net of Swap Impact Total Outstanding Weighted Average Contractual Rate Effective Rate, Net of Swap Impact
(Dollars in thousands)
Overnight Borrowings $ 38,000 4.53 % n/a $ 705,000 5.54 % n/a
1-Month Term 400,000 4.63 % 3.74 % 400,000 5.50 % 3.83 %
Stated Maturity 2025 200,000 4.81 % n/a - - % n/a
Amortizing 514 1.40 % n/a 541 1.40 % n/a
Total $ 638,514 $ 1,105,541
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had sufficient collateral at the FHLB to support its obligations and was in compliance with the FHLB’s collateral pledging program. The Company’s FHLB advances are collateralized by a blanket pledge agreement on the Bank’s FHLB stock, certain qualified investment securities, deposits at the FHLB, residential mortgages, and by certain commercial real estate loans held in the Bank’s portfolio. The carrying value of loans and securities pledged as collateral for these borrowings totaled $3.8 billion and $3.9 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, resulting in total borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $2.6 billion and $2.7 billion, of which $2.0 billion and $1.6 billion remained available as of December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Long-Term Debt
The following table summarizes long-term debt, net of debt issuances costs, at the dates indicated:
December 31
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Junior subordinated debentures
Capital Trust V $ 51,519 $ 51,517
Central Trust I 5,258 5,258
Central Trust II 6,083 6,083
Subordinated debentures - 49,980
Total long-term debt $ 62,860 $ 112,838
The interest expense on long-term debt was $5.0 million, $6.8 million, and $4.6 million at years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Junior Subordinated Debentures: The junior subordinated debentures are issued to various trust subsidiaries of the Company. These trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities, which were then sold in a private placement offering. The proceeds from the sale of the securities and the issuance of common stock by these trusts were invested in these Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by the Company. These trust preferred securities bear interest at a rate of three-month SOFR plus the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) credit spread (combined 4.62% at December 31, 2024), plus an applicable credit spread.
Information relating to these trust preferred securities at December 31, 2024 is as follows:
Trust Principal Amount Maturity Date Credit Spread All-in Rate
(Dollars in thousands)
Capital Trust V $ 50,000 3/15/2037 1.48% 6.10%
Central Trust I (1) $ 5,100 9/16/2034 2.44% 7.06%
Central Trust II (1) $ 5,900 3/15/2037 1.65% 6.27%
(1)These securities noted above are callable quarterly until maturity.
Subordinated Debentures: On March 14, 2019 the Company issued subordinated debentures with an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million in a private placement transaction to institutional accredited investors. These subordinated debentures were fully redeemed during the first quarter of 2024.
At December 31, 2024, the Company held no long-term debt scheduled to mature within the next 5 years.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 8 STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
The Company’s stock based plans include the 2018 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan (the “2018 Plan”) and the 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”), which have been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders. Shares from the 2018 Plan may be awarded in the form of stock options or restricted stock, and shares from the 2023 Plan may be awarded in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other stock-based awards from its pool of authorized but unissued shares. Upon adoption of the 2023 Plan on May 18, 2023, the Second Amended and Restated 2005 Employee Stock Plan (the “2005 Plan”) was terminated in its entirety and the Company no longer grants awards under the 2005 Plan. However, awards outstanding under the 2005 Plan will continue to remain outstanding in accordance with their terms.
The following table presents the amount of cumulatively granted stock option awards and restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures and expirations, granted through December 31, 2024:
Authorized Awards Cumulatively Granted, Net of
Forfeitures and Expirations Total Authorized
but
Unissued
Stock
Option Awards Restricted
Stock Awards
2005 Plan 1,650,000 387,258 1,044,533 1,431,791 n/a
2018 Plan 300,000 - 62,107 62,107 237,893
2023 Plan 1,126,886 - 153,236 153,236 973,650
The following table presents the pre-tax expense associated with stock option and restricted stock awards and the related tax benefits recognized for the periods presented:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Stock based compensation expense
Restricted stock awards (1) $ 5,923 $ 5,777 $ 3,791
Directors’ fee expense (2)
Restricted stock awards 600 600 673
Total stock based award expense $ 6,523 $ 6,377 $ 4,464
Related tax benefits recognized in earnings $ 1,834 $ 1,793 $ 1,255
(1)Inclusive of compensation expense associated with time-vested and performance-based restricted stock awards.
(2)Expense related to awards issued to directors is recognized as directors’ fees within other noninterest expense.
The Company has standard form agreements used for stock option and restricted stock awards. The standard form agreements used for the Chief Executive Officer and all other Executive Officers have previously been disclosed in Securities and Exchange Commission filings and generally provide that: (1) any unvested options or unvested restricted stock vest upon a Change of Control; and, that (2) any stock options which vest pursuant to a Change of Control, which is an event described in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), will be cashed out at the difference between the acquisition price and the exercise price of the stock option.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Stock Options
The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants under the identified plans:
•Expected volatility is based on the standard deviation of the historical volatility of the weekly adjusted closing price of the Company’s shares for a period equivalent to the expected life of the option.
•Expected life represents the period of time that the option is expected to be outstanding, taking into account the contractual term, historical exercise/forfeiture behavior, and the vesting period, if any.
•Expected dividend yield is an annualized rate calculated using the most recent dividend payment at time of grant and the Company’s average trailing twelve-month daily closing stock price.
•The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for a period equivalent to the expected life of the option.
•Forfeitures on stock compensation are recognized when they occur.
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, there were no awards granted by the Company of nonqualified options to purchase shares of common stock.
Under all of the Company’s stock based plans, the option exercise price is based upon the average of the high and low trading value of the stock on the date of grant. Stock option awards granted to date under all plans expire at various dates through 2028.
The following table presents relevant information relating to the Company’s stock options for the periods presented:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Fair value of stock options vested based on grant date fair value $ - $ - $ -
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised $ 43 $ 139 $ -
Cash received from stock option exercises $ 80 $ 257 $ -
Tax benefit realized on stock option exercises $ 12 $ 39 $ -
The following table presents a summary of stock option award activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:
Outstanding
Stock Option
Awards Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years) Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Balance at January 1, 2024 13,334 $ 64.94
Granted - -
Exercised (1,667) 48.10
Balance of options outstanding, vested and exercisable at December 31, 2024 11,667 (2) $ 67.35 2.68 years $ 27
(1)The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the average of the high price and low price at which the Company’s common stock traded on December 31, 2024 of $64.57, which would have been received by in-the-money option holders had they all exercised their options as of that date.
(2)Represents vested stock options outstanding to Directors.
At December 31, 2024, all outstanding stock option awards are vested and there is no unrecognized compensation expense related to those options.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Restricted Stock
The Company grants both time-vested restricted stock awards as well as performance-based restricted stock awards. The fair value of the restricted stock awards is based upon the average of the high and low prices at which the Company’s common stock traded on the date of grant. The holders of time-vested restricted stock awards participate fully in the rewards of stock ownership of the Company, including voting and dividend rights. The holders of performance-based restricted stock awards do not participate in the rewards of stock ownership of the Company until vested. The holders of all restricted stock awards are not required to pay any consideration to the Company for the awards.
During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 the Company made the following restricted stock award grants:
Shares Granted Plan Fair Value Vesting Period
Time-vested
2/22/2024 106,200 2023 $ 52.73 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
4/15/2024 1,650 2023 $ 48.49 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
5/21/2024 11,340 2018 $ 52.94 Immediately upon grant date
8/15/2024 3,703 2023 $ 59.42 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
10/15/2024 1,120 2023 $ 62.32 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
12/15/2024 1,060 2023 $ 70.89 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
2/16/2023 77,525 2005 $ 80.65 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
2/16/2023 12,309 2005 $ 80.65 Ratably over 5 years, on each anniversary of February 6, 2023 start date
5/15/2023 1,080 2005 $ 46.21 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
5/23/2023 12,410 2018 $ 48.35 Immediately upon grant date
5/30/2023 890 2023 $ 45.09 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
9/15/2023 5,270 2023 $ 51.44 Ratably over 5 years from grant date
9/15/2023 3,020 2023 $ 51.44 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
12/15/2023 460 2023 $ 66.24 Ratably over 3 years from grant date
2/17/2022 52,100 2005 $ 84.70 Ratably over 5 years from grant date
5/24/2022 8,099 2018 $ 80.39 Immediately upon grant date
9/15/2022 646 2005 $ 77.44 Ratably over 5 years from grant date
Performance-based
2/22/2024 41,200 2023 $ 52.73 The earlier of: the date on which it is determined if the performance goal has been achieved; or, March 31, 2027.
2/16/2023 32,200 2005 $ 80.65 The earlier of: the date on which it is determined if the performance goal has been achieved; or, March 31, 2026.
2/17/2022 20,700 2005 $ 84.70 The earlier of: the date on which it is determined if the performance goal has been achieved; or, March 31, 2025.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The following table presents the fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the periods presented:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair value of restricted stock awards upon vesting $ 4,158 $ 5,003 $ 5,148
The following table presents a summary of restricted stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:
Outstanding Restricted Stock
Awards Weighted Average
Grant Price ($)
Balance at January 1, 2024 217,207 $ 79.65
Granted 166,273 53.03
Vested/released (78,563) 75.48
Forfeited (1) (27,625) 69.44
Balance at December 31, 2024 277,292 $ 65.88
Unrecognized compensation cost (in thousands) $ 9,624
Weighted average remaining recognition period (years) 1.94 years
(1)Forfeited amounts are inclusive of 2,968 performance-based shares that were not vested based on performance objective criteria results, and 2,871 performance-based shares that were cancelled based on the departure of certain executives of the Company.
NOTE 9 DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally to manage the Company’s interest rate risk. Additionally, the Company enters into interest rate derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and risk participation agreements to accommodate the business requirements of its customers (“customer related positions”). The Company minimizes the market and liquidity risks of customer related positions by entering into similar offsetting positions with broker-dealers. Derivative instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s financial statements. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument is dependent upon whether or not it qualifies as a hedge for accounting purposes, and further, by the type of hedging relationship.
The Company does not enter into proprietary trading positions for any derivatives.
The Company is subject to over-the-counter derivative clearing requirements which require certain derivatives to be cleared through central clearing houses. Accordingly, the Company clears certain derivative transactions through the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Clearing House (“CME”). This clearing house requires the Company to post initial and variation margin to mitigate the risk of non-payment, the latter of which is received or paid daily based on the net asset or liability position of the contracts.
Interest Rate Positions
The Company may utilize various interest rate derivatives as hedging instruments against interest rate risk associated with the Company’s borrowings and loan portfolios. An interest rate derivative is an agreement whereby one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount, for a predetermined period of time, from a second party. The amounts relating to the notional principal amount are not actually exchanged.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The following tables reflect information about the Company’s derivative positions at the dates indicated below for interest rate swaps which qualify as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes:
December 31, 2024
Weighted Average Rate
Notional Amount Weighted Average Maturity Current
Rate
Received Pay Fixed
Swap Rate Fair Value
(in thousands) (in years) (in thousands)
Interest rate swaps on borrowings $ 400,000 1.58 4.56 % 3.67 % $ 2,724
Current Rate Paid Receive Fixed
Swap Rate
Interest rate swaps on loans 750,000 1.77 4.57 % 2.78 % (21,205)
Current Rate Paid Receive Fixed Swap Rate
Cap - Floor
Interest rate collars on loans 150,000 1.94 4.70 % 3.94% - 2.33%
(1,529)
Total $ 1,300,000 $ (20,010)
December 31, 2023
Weighted Average Rate
Notional Amount Average Maturity Current
Rate
Received Pay Fixed
Swap Rate Fair Value
(in thousands) (in years) (in thousands)
Interest rate swaps on borrowings $ 400,000 2.58 5.34 % 3.67 % $ 1,901
Current Rate Paid Receive Fixed
Swap Rate
Interest rate swaps on loans 850,000 2.50 5.36 % 2.72 % (27,350)
Current Rate Paid Receive Fixed Swap Rate
Cap - Floor
Interest rate collars on loans 350,000 1.48 5.45 % 3.09% - 2.12%
(4,714)
Total $ 1,600,000 $ (30,163)
The maximum length of time over which the Company is currently hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions related to the payment of variable interest on existing financial instruments is 4.2 years.
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments, the effective portion of the gains or losses is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The Company expects approximately $1.7 million (pre-tax) to be reclassified as an increase to net interest income and $10.3 million (pre-tax) to be reclassified as a decrease to net interest income, from other comprehensive income related to the Company’s cash flow hedges in the twelve months following December 31, 2024. This reclassification is due to anticipated payments that will be made and/or received on the swaps based upon the forward curve at December 31, 2024.
The Company had no fair value hedges for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Customer Related Positions
Loan level derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps, offered to commercial borrowers through the Company’s loan level derivative program do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes. The Company believes that its exposure to commercial customer derivatives is limited because these contracts are simultaneously matched at inception with an offsetting dealer transaction. Derivatives with dealer counterparties are then either cleared through a clearinghouse or settled directly with a single counterparty. The commercial customer derivative program allows the Company to retain variable-rate commercial loans while allowing the customer to synthetically fix the loan rate by entering into a variable-to-fixed interest rate swap. The amounts relating to the notional principal amount are not actually exchanged.
Foreign exchange contracts offered to commercial borrowers through the Company’s derivative program do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes. The Company acts as a seller and buyer of foreign exchange contracts to accommodate its customers. To mitigate the market and liquidity risk associated with these derivatives, the Company enters into similar offsetting positions. The amounts relating to the notional principal amount are exchanged.
The Company has entered into risk participation agreements with other dealer banks in commercial loan agreements. Participating banks guarantee the performance on borrower-related interest rate swap contracts. These derivatives are not designated as hedges and, therefore, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. Under a risk participation-out agreement, a derivative asset, the Company participates out a portion of the credit risk associated with the interest rate swap position executed with the commercial borrower for a fee paid to the participating bank. Under a risk participation-in agreement, a derivative liability, the Company assumes, or participates in, a portion of the credit risk associated with the interest rate swap position with the commercial borrower for a fee received from the other bank.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The following tables reflect the Company’s customer related derivative positions at the dates indicated below for those derivatives not designated as hedging:
Number of
Positions (1) Notional Amount Maturing
Less than 1 year Less than 2 years Less than 3 years Less than 4 years Thereafter Total Fair Value
December 31, 2024
(Dollars in thousands)
Loan level swaps
Receive fixed, pay variable 276 $ 261,222 $ 225,043 $ 252,911 $ 208,762 $ 869,095 $ 1,817,033 $ (92,913)
Pay fixed, receive variable 276 261,222 225,043 252,911 208,762 869,095 1,817,033 92,875
Foreign exchange contracts
Buys foreign currency, sells U.S. currency 34 112,156 12,120 - - - 124,276 (5,363)
Buys U.S. currency, sells foreign currency 34 112,156 12,120 - - - 124,276 5,424
Risk participation agreements
Participation out 18 23,672 - 27,140 21,256 91,053 163,121 56
Participation in 12 - 13,016 22,904 15,334 - 51,254 (12)
Number of
Positions (1) Notional Amount Maturing
Less than 1 year Less than 2 years Less than 3 years Less than 4 years Thereafter Total Fair Value
December 31, 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Loan level swaps
Receive fixed, pay variable 281 $ 80,682 $ 252,260 $ 223,928 $ 230,513 $ 997,108 $ 1,784,491 $ (88,415)
Pay fixed, receive variable 281 80,682 252,260 223,928 230,513 997,108 1,784,491 88,280
Foreign exchange contracts
Buys foreign currency, sells U.S. currency 22 65,586 12,957 - - - 78,543 2,197
Buys U.S. currency, sells foreign currency 22 65,586 12,957 - - - 78,543 (2,160)
Risk participation agreements
Participation out 17 - 24,193 - 13,119 114,027 151,339 200
Participation in 8 - - 13,016 18,989 15,725 47,730 (44)
(1) The Company may enter into one dealer swap agreement which offsets multiple commercial borrower swap agreements.
Mortgage Derivatives
The Company enters into commitments to fund residential mortgage loans at specified rates and times in the future, with the intention that loans may be sold subsequently in the secondary market. Mortgage loan commitments are referred to as derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding. These commitments are recognized at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in other assets and other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded within mortgage banking income. In addition, the Company has elected the fair value option to carry loans held for sale at fair value. The change in fair value of loans held for sale is recorded in current period earnings as a component of mortgage banking income in accordance with the Company’s fair value election. The fair value of loans held for sale decreased by $20,000, increased by $97,000 and decreased by $452,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These amounts were offset in earnings by the change in the fair value of mortgage derivatives.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Outstanding loan commitments expose the Company to the risk that the price of the loans arising from exercise of the loan commitment might change from inception of the rate lock to funding of the loan due to changes in mortgage interest rates. If interest rates increase, the value of these loan commitments decreases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, the value of these loan commitments increases. To protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the Company utilizes both “mandatory delivery” and “best efforts” forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments. Mandatory delivery contracts are accounted for as derivative instruments. Included in the mandatory delivery forward commitments are To Be Announced securities (“TBAs”). Certain assumptions, including pull through rates and rate lock periods, are used in managing the existing and future hedges. The accuracy of underlying assumptions will impact the ultimate effectiveness of any hedging strategies.
With mandatory delivery contracts, the Company commits to deliver a certain principal amount of mortgage loans to an investor at a specified price on or before a specified date. If the Company fails to deliver the amount of mortgages necessary to fulfill the commitment by the specified date, it is obligated to pay a “pair-off” fee, based on then-current market prices, to the investor/counterparty to compensate the investor for the shortfall. Generally, the Company makes this type of commitment once mortgage loans have been funded and are held for sale, in order to minimize the risk of failure to deliver the requisite volume of loans to the investor and paying pair-off fees as a result. The Company also sells TBA securities to offset potential changes in the fair value of derivative loan commitments. Generally, the Company sells TBA securities by entering into derivative loan commitments for settlement in 30 to 90 days. The Company expects that mandatory delivery contracts, including TBA securities, will experience changes in fair value opposite to the changes in the fair value of derivative loan commitments.
With best effort contracts, the Company commits to deliver an individual mortgage loan of a specified principal amount and quality to an investor if the loan to the underlying borrower closes. Generally, best efforts cash contracts have no pair off risk regardless of market movement. The price the investor will pay the seller for an individual loan is specified prior to the loan being funded (e.g., on the same day the lender commits to lend funds to a potential borrower). The Company expects that these best efforts forward loan sale commitments will experience a net neutral shift in fair value with related derivative loan commitments.
The aggregate amount of net realized gains on sales of mortgage loans included within mortgage banking income was $4.1 million, $1.0 million and $562,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Balance Sheet Offsetting
The Company does not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments. The Company does net the amount recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral against the obligation to return cash collateral arising from derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement. Collateral legally required to be maintained at dealer banks by the Company is monitored and adjusted as necessary.
A daily settlement occurs through the CME for changes in the fair value of centrally cleared derivatives. Not all of the derivatives are required to be cleared through the daily clearing agent. As a result, the total fair values of loan level derivative assets and liabilities recognized on the Company’s financial statements are not equal and offsetting.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments, as well as their classification on the balance sheet at the dates indicated:
Asset Derivatives (1) Liability Derivatives (2)
Fair Value at Fair Value at Fair Value at Fair Value at
December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedges
Interest rate derivatives $ 2,724 (3) $ 1,927 (3) $ 22,734 (4) $ 32,090 (4)
Derivatives not designated as hedges
Customer Related Positions:
Loan level derivatives 95,606 (3) 99,416 (3) 95,644 (4) 99,551 (4)
Foreign exchange contracts 5,424 2,220 5,363 2,183
Risk participation agreements 56 200 12 44
Mortgage Derivatives
Interest rate lock commitments 77 168 2 -
Forward sale loan commitments 13 17 - -
Forward sale hedge commitments 58 - - -
Total derivatives not designated as hedges 101,234 102,021 101,021 101,778
Total 103,958 103,948 123,755 133,868
Netting Adjustments (5) (46,664) (48,253) 21,078 25,360
Net Derivatives on the Balance Sheet 57,294 55,695 102,677 108,508
Financial instruments (6) 2,894 12,018 2,894 12,018
Cash collateral pledged (received) (33,283) (17,076) - -
Net Derivative Amounts $ 21,117 $ 26,601 $ 99,783 $ 96,490
(1)All asset derivatives are located in other assets on the balance sheet.
(2)All liability derivatives are located in other liabilities on the balance sheet.
(3)Approximately $195,000 and $2.2 million of accrued interest receivable is included in the fair value of interest rate and loan level derivative assets, respectively, at December 31, 2024, in comparison to accrued interest receivable of approximately $316,000 and $3.0 million, respectively at December 31, 2023.
(4)Approximately $825,000 and $2.2 million of accrued interest payable is included in the fair value of interest rate and loan level derivative liabilities, respectively, at December 31, 2024, in comparison to accrued interest payable of approximately $1.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2023.
(5)Netting adjustments represent the amounts recorded to convert derivative assets and liabilities cleared through CME from a gross basis to a net basis, inclusive of the variation margin payments, in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.
(6)Reflects offsetting derivative positions with the same counterparty that are not netted on the balance sheet.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments included in OCI and current earnings for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedges
Gain (loss) in OCI on derivatives (effective portion), net of tax $ 6,713 $ 16,055 $ (50,767)
(Loss) gain reclassified from OCI into interest income or interest expense (effective portion) $ (19,372) $ (27,414) $ 5,054
Derivatives not designated as hedges
Changes in fair value of customer related positions
Other income $ 231 $ 517 $ 260
Other expenses (212) (679) (268)
Changes in fair value of mortgage derivatives
Mortgage banking income (38) 112 (679)
Total $ (19) $ (50) $ (687)
The Company’s derivative agreements with institutional counterparties contain various credit-risk related contingent provisions, such as requiring the Company to maintain a well-capitalized capital position. If the Company fails to meet these conditions, the counterparties could request the Company make immediate payment or demand that the Company provide immediate and ongoing full collateralization on derivative positions in net liability positions. All derivative instruments with credit-risk related contingent features were in a net asset position at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
By using derivatives, the Company is exposed to credit risk to the extent that counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as required. Should a counterparty fail to perform under the terms of a derivative contract, the Company’s credit exposure on interest rate swaps is limited to the net positive fair value and accrued interest of all swaps with each counterparty. The Company seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. Institutional counterparties must have an investment grade credit rating and be approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. In addition, certain derivative contracts executed bilaterally with a dealer counterparty in the over-the-counter market are cleared through a clearinghouse, whereby the clearinghouse becomes the counterparty to the transaction. As such, management believes the risk of incurring credit losses on derivative contracts with those counterparties is remote. The Company’s exposure relating to institutional counterparties was $97.0 million and $95.8 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company’s exposure relating to customer counterparties was approximately $1.4 million and $5.6 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Credit exposure may be reduced by the value of collateral pledged by the counterparty.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 10 INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following components:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Current expense
Federal $ 47,830 $ 51,771 $ 60,216
State 17,816 21,123 24,979
Total current expense 65,646 72,894 85,195
Deferred expense (benefit)
Federal (7,671) 1,336 (970)
State (2,929) 1,402 (284)
Total deferred expense (benefit) (10,600) 2,738 (1,254)
Total expense $ 55,046 $ 75,632 $ 83,941
The difference between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate reported for the last three years is detailed below:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Computed statutory federal income tax provision $ 51,897 21.00 % $ 66,178 21.00 % $ 73,028 21.00 %
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit 12,143 4.91 % 17,992 5.71 % 19,728 5.67 %
Low Income Housing Project Investments (4,496) (1.82) % (3,740) (1.19) % (3,364) (0.97) %
Nontaxable interest, net (3,653) (1.48) % (3,508) (1.11) % (3,191) (0.92) %
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance (1,794) (0.73) % (2,133) (0.68) % (1,885) (0.54) %
Increase (decrease) in uncertain positions (1,215) (0.49) % (655) (0.21) % (1,035) (0.30) %
Revaluation of net deferred tax assets (29) (0.01) % 255 0.08 % - - %
Stock-based compensation 165 0.07 % (127) (0.04) % (202) (0.06) %
Change in valuation allowance 65 0.03 % 109 0.03 % 52 0.01 %
Other tax credits - - % (76) (0.02) % - - %
Other, net 1,963 0.79 % 1,337 0.43 % 810 0.25 %
Total expense $ 55,046 22.27 % $ 75,632 24.00 % $ 83,941 24.14 %
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The tax-effected components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31 of the years presented were as follows:
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets
Accrued expenses not deducted for tax purposes $ 17,720 $ 14,646
Allowance for credit losses 46,372 38,774
Derivatives fair value adjustment 5,304 7,825
Employee and director equity compensation 1,930 1,660
Foreign Tax Credit Carryforward 89 89
Loan basis difference fair value adjustment 1,612 1,811
Net operating loss carry-forward 627 633
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale 23,795 29,536
Operating lease liability 15,471 15,387
State purchased credits 21,448 -
Other 621 587
Gross deferred tax assets $ 134,989 $ 110,948
Valuation allowance (1) (531) (467)
Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance $ 134,458 $ 110,481
Deferred tax liabilities
Core deposit and other intangibles $ 1,453 $ 2,865
Deferred loan fees, net 8,080 8,160
Fixed assets 14,747 16,606
Goodwill 11,476 11,291
Prepaid pension 7,260 3,482
Right of use asset 14,921 14,781
Other 1,868 1,884
Gross deferred tax liabilities $ 59,805 $ 59,069
Total net deferred tax asset $ 74,653 $ 51,412
(1)Deferred tax assets are to be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of the tax benefit depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income in future periods.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Uncertainty in Income Taxes
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction as well as in various states. The Company is subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the 2021 through 2023 tax years including any related income tax filings from its recent acquisitions. The Company believes that its income tax returns have been filed based upon applicable statutes, regulations and case law in effect at the time of filing, however, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and /or state jurisdictions could disagree with the Company’s interpretation upon examination. The Company accounts for uncertainties in income taxes by providing a tax reserve for certain positions. The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits:
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2021 $ 2,878
Reduction of tax positions for prior years (1,047)
Increase for prior year tax positions 128
Increase for current year tax positions 761
Balance at December 31, 2022 $ 2,720
Reduction of tax positions for prior years (959)
Balance at December 31, 2023 $ 1,761
Reduction of tax positions for prior years (999)
Balance at December 31, 2024 $ 762
Increases to the Company’s unrealized tax positions occur as a result of accruing for any unrecognized tax benefit, as well as the accrual of interest and penalties related to prior year positions. Decreases in the Company’s unrealized tax positions occur as a result of the statute of limitation lapsing on prior year positions and/or settlements relating to outstanding positions. Additionally, the balances noted in the table above do not include the indirect federal benefit of state tax positions of approximately $160,000, $343,000, and $544,000 at December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
The following table summarizes the changes in accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions for the periods presented:
As of December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning Balance $ 689 $ 585 $ 920
Expense (benefit) recognized in provision for income taxes (306) 104 (335)
Ending Balance $ 383 $ 689 $ 585
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 11 LOW INCOME HOUSING PROJECT INVESTMENTS
The Company has invested in low income housing projects that generate Low Income Housing Tax Credits (“LIHTC”) which provide the Company with tax credits and operating loss tax benefits over a minimum of 15 years. None of the original investment is expected to be repaid.
The following table presents certain information related to the Company’s investments in low income housing projects as of December 31 of the years presented:
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Original investment value $ 275,085 $ 229,015 $ 197,124
Current recorded investment 184,373 156,984 139,454
Unfunded liability obligation 71,748 58,731 57,913
Tax credits and benefits earned during the year 23,185 18,101 17,011
Amortization of investments during the year 18,676 14,360 13,647
Net income tax benefit recognized during the year 4,509 3,740 3,364
NOTE 12 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Pension Plans
The Company maintains a multiemployer defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) administered by Pentegra Retirement Services (the “Fund” or “Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions”). The Fund does not segregate the assets or liabilities of all participating employers and accordingly, disclosure of plan assets, accumulated vested and nonvested benefits is not possible. Effective July 1, 2006, the Company froze the defined benefit plan by eliminating all future benefit accruals.
In conjunction with the acquisition of Peoples Federal Bancshares, Inc., the parent of Peoples Federal Savings Bank (“Peoples”) in 2015, the Company acquired the Peoples Federal Defined Benefit Pension Plan (“Peoples Plan”). The Peoples Plan was frozen at the date of acquisition and maintained in the same manner as the Pension Plan. The Peoples Plan was also administered by Pentegra Retirement Services under the same Fund as the Pension Plan. Effective July 1, 2024, the Company withdrew The Peoples Bank from the Pension Plan and adopted The Peoples Bank Defined Benefit Pension Plan (“the Peoples DBP Plan”) as a qualified successor plan, which was fully funded. Subsequent to year end, the Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate the Peoples DBP Plan. Pursuant to the Peoples DBP Plan’s pending termination, all obligations due under the terms of the Peoples DBP Plan will be satisfied during the year ending December 31, 2025.
The Company’s participation in the Pension Plan and the Peoples Plan (the “Pension Plans”) for the annual period ended December 31, 2024, is outlined in the table below. The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number. The funding status of the Pension Plans is determined on the basis of the financial statements provided by the Fund using total plan assets and accumulated benefit obligation. The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented. The “Expiration Date of Collective-Bargaining Agreement” column lists the expiration dates of any collective-bargaining agreement(s) to which the Pension Plans are subject. Financial information for the Fund is made available through the public Form 5500 which is available by April 15th of the year following the plan year end.
Funding Status
of Pension Plan FIP/RP Status
Pending/
Implemented Surcharge
Imposed Expiration
Date of
Collective-
Bargaining
Agreement Minimum
Contributions
Required for
Future
Periods
EIN/Pension
Plan Number 2024 2023
Pentegra defined benefit plan for financial institutions 13-5645888/333 At least 80 percent At least 80 percent No No N/A $ -
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Contributions to the Fund are based on each individual employer’s experience. The Company bears the market risk relating to the Pension Plan and will continue to fund the Pension Plan as required. The Pension Plan year is July 1 through June 30. The Company’s total contributions to the Pension Plan did not represent more than 5% of the total contributions to the Pension Plan as indicated in the Pension Plan’s most recently available annual report dated June 30, 2024. The comparability of employer contributions is impacted by asset performance, discount rates and the reduction in the number of covered employees year over year.
The Company’s contributions to the Pension Plans were as follows for the periods indicated:
Required Contributions - Plan Year Allocation
Contribution 2024-2025 2023-2024 2022-2023
(Dollars in thousands)
2024 $ 663 $ 369 $ 294 $ -
2023 $ 476 $ - $ 476 $ -
2022 $ 499 $ - $ - $ 499
In conjunction with the acquisition of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc., parent of Blue Hills Bank (collectively, “BHB”) in 2019, the Company acquired the Savings Banks Employees Retirement Association Pension Plan as adopted by BHB (the “BHB Plan”). The BHB Plan is administered by Savings Banks Employees Retirement Association and was frozen on October 31, 2014. Accumulated benefits for participants earned through the end of October 2014 remain secured by the BHB Plan assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. Information pertaining to the BHB Plan is as follows:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year $ 9,632 $ 9,889 $ 14,099
Actual return on plan assets 508 509 (2,126)
Benefits paid (391) (766) (2,084)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year $ 9,749 $ 9,632 $ 9,889
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year 8,385 8,716 13,939
Interest cost 388 420 366
Actuarial (gain) loss (484) 15 (3,505)
Benefits paid (391) (766) (2,084)
Benefit obligation at end of year $ 7,898 $ 8,385 $ 8,716
Funded status at end of year $ 1,851 $ 1,247 $ 1,173
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation was 5.44% and 4.77%, respectively.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The components of net period pension expense (benefit) are as follows:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest cost $ 388 $ 420 $ 366
Expected return on plan assets (258) (144) (966)
Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss (54) (17) 28
Settlement gain - (25) (31)
Net period pension expense (benefit) $ 76 $ 234 $ (603)
The key assumptions used to determine net periodic pension expense (benefit) are as follows:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
Discount rate 4.77 % 4.97 % 2.68 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 2.75 % 1.50 % 7.00 %
Assumptions with respect to the expected long-term rate of return are based on prevailing yields on high-quality, fixed-income investments increased by a premium for equity return expectations. In 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate the BHB Plan. As a result, the assets of the BHB plan were transferred to a money market account until the termination is approved by all regulatory bodies, which resulted in a lower long term rate of return on plan assets.
Presented in the table below are the estimated future benefit payments for the BHB Plan. These payments reflect calculated amounts prior to the approval of the BHB Plan's termination.
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
2025 $ 565
2026 $ 501
2027 $ 530
2028 $ 518
2029 $ 486
2030-2034 $ 2,744
The Company’s total defined benefit plan expense was $716,000, $487,000, and $562,000, for the years ending December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The 2024 increase in expense was attributable to the newly adopted Peoples DBP Plan, as described above.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans
The Bank maintains frozen defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plans (“SERP”) for certain highly compensated employees designed to offset the impact of regulatory limits on benefits under qualified pension plans. The Bank also maintains defined benefit SERPs acquired from previous acquisitions. The Bank has established and funded rabbi trusts to accumulate funds in order to satisfy the contractual liability of these supplemental retirement plan benefits. These agreements provide for the Bank to pay all benefits from its general assets, and the establishment of these trust funds does not reduce nor otherwise affect the Bank’s continuing liability to pay benefits from such assets except that the Bank’s liability shall be offset by actual benefit payments made from the trusts. The related trust assets included in the Company’s equity securities portfolio totaled $18.7 million and $20.0 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The following table shows the defined benefit supplemental retirement expense, and the contributions paid to the plans which were used only to pay the current year benefits for the years indicated:
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Retirement expense $ 749 $ 703 $ 1,681
Benefits paid $ 1,120 $ 450 $ 475
Expected future benefit payments for the defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plans are presented below:
Defined Benefit Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plans
Expected Benefit
Payments
(Dollars in thousands)
2025 $ 1,093
2026 $ 1,093
2027 $ 1,063
2028 $ 1,050
2029 $ 1,045
2030-2034 $ 5,814
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The measurement date used to determine the defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plans’ benefits is December 31 for each of the years reported. The following table illustrates the status of the defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plans at December 31 for the years presented:
Defined Benefit Supplemental Executive
Retirement Benefits
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Change in accumulated benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 16,394 $ 15,711 $ 19,498
Service cost - 380 561
Interest cost 745 761 492
Actuarial gain (1,046) (8) (4,365)
Benefits paid (1,120) (450) (475)
Benefit obligation at end of year $ 14,973 $ 16,394 $ 15,711
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year $ - $ - $ -
Employer contribution 1,120 450 475
Benefits paid (1,120) (450) (475)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year $ - $ - $ -
Funded status at end of year $ (14,973) $ (16,394) $ (15,711)
Assets - - -
Liabilities (14,973) (16,394) (15,711)
Funded status at end of year $ (14,973) $ (16,394) $ (15,711)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”)
Net gain $ (2,567) $ (1,518) $ (1,970)
Prior service cost - - 22
Amounts recognized in AOCI $ (2,567) $ (1,518) $ (1,948)
Information for plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets
Projected benefit obligation $ 14,973 $ 16,394 $ 15,711
Accumulated benefit obligation $ 14,973 $ 16,394 $ 15,711
Net periodic benefit cost
Service cost $ - $ 380 $ 561
Interest cost 745 761 492
Amortization of prior service cost - 22 22
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain) 4 (460) 606
Net periodic benefit cost $ 749 $ 703 $ 1,681
Discount rate used for benefit obligation 4.58% - 5.41%
4.62% - 4.75%
4.67% - 4.93%
Discount rate used for net periodic benefit cost 4.62% - 4.75%
4.67% - 4.93%
1.28% - 2.57%
Rate of compensation increase n/a n/a n/a
Other Employee Benefits
The Bank may choose to create an incentive compensation plan for senior management and other officers to participate in at varying levels. In addition, the Bank may also pay a discretionary bonus to senior management, officers, and/or non-officers of the Bank. The expense for these incentive plans amounted to $21.3 million, $18.6 million and $24.3 million in 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The Bank has an Employee Savings Plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the Employee Savings Plan, participating employees may defer a portion of their earnings, not to exceed the IRS annual contribution limits. The Bank matches 25% of each employee’s contributions up to the first 6% of the
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
employee’s eligible earnings. The 401(k) Plan incorporates an Employee Stock Ownership Plan for contributions invested in the Company’s common stock. The Company also provides three defined contributions under this Plan, providing the employees are deemed eligible. To be eligible for these contributions, an employee must complete one year and 1,000 hours of service. The defined contributions are made up of a safe harbor contribution, in which eligible employees receive a 3% cash contribution of eligible earnings to the social security limit, a discretionary contribution in which eligible employees receive a 2% cash contribution of eligible earnings up to the social security limit and a 5% cash contribution of eligible earnings over the social security limit up to the maximum amount permitted by law. Benefits contributed to employees under this defined contribution plan vest immediately. The defined contribution plan expense was $9.6 million, $9.3 million and $8.7 million for the years ended December 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan which allows for deferrals of base salary and incentive payments until an elected distribution date in the future. This deferred compensation plan is available to certain highly compensated employees. Deferrals are invested at the election of the participant into one of the actively managed funds made available to the participant through the Company’s Investment Management Group. The funds are held in a rabbi trust until the elected date of distribution.
The Company has a non-qualified 401(k) Restoration Plan (“Restoration Plan”) for certain executive officers. The Restoration Plan is intended to contribute to each participant the amount of matching and discretionary contributions which would have been made to the existing Rockland Trust 401(k) plan on the participant’s behalf, but were prohibited due to Internal Revenue Code limitations. Deferrals are invested at the election of the participant into one of the actively managed funds made available to the participant through the Company’s Investment Management Group or in the Company’s stock. These funds are held in a rabbi trust until the elected date of distribution. The Company recognized expense of $659,000, $524,000 and $505,000 related to this plan for services performed for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Also, as part of the Peoples acquisition in 2015, the Company assumed various Salary Continuation Agreements with certain current and former senior executives. The agreements require the payment of specified benefits upon retirement over periods of ten or twenty years as described in each agreement. Expense related to the Salary Continuation Agreements was $221,000, $217,000 and $213,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Director Benefits
The Company maintains two deferred compensation plans for the Company’s Board of Directors which permit non-employee directors to defer cash fees, one of which was in effect through December 31, 2018 and a new plan which was adopted effective January 1, 2019. Under the plan in effect through December 31, 2018, deferred compensation was invested in Company stock and held by the Company’s Investment Management Group. Under the plan that took effect January 1, 2019, participating directors may defer all or a portion of their cash compensation into a choice of diversified investment portfolios comprised of stocks, bonds and cash. There was no compensation deferred during 2024 and 2023. Compensation of $113,000 was deferred during 2022.
NOTE 13 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the assumptions applied by the Company when determining fair value reflect those that the Company determines market participants would use to price the asset or liability at the measurement date. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement remains the same. Fair value is the price that would be received if the asset were to be sold or that would be paid if the liability were to be transferred in an orderly market transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. When determining fair value, the Company considers pricing information and other inputs that are current as of the measurement date. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and other inputs may be reduced for certain instruments, or not available at all. The unavailability or reduced availability of pricing or other input information could cause an instrument to be reclassified from one level to another.
The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC defines fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC are described below:
Level 1 - Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 - Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 - Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.
To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Valuation Techniques
There were no changes in the valuation techniques used during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Securities
Trading and Equity Securities
These equity securities are valued based on market quoted prices. These securities are categorized in Level 1 as they are actively traded and no valuation adjustments have been applied.
U.S. Government Agency and U.S. Treasury Securities
Fair value is estimated using either multi-dimensional spread tables or benchmarks. The inputs used include benchmark yields, reported trades, and broker/dealer quotes. These securities are classified as Level 2.
Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities
Fair value is estimated using either a matrix or benchmarks. The inputs used include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, and issuer spreads. These securities are categorized as Level 2.
Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Small Business Administration Pooled Securities
The valuation model for these securities is volatility-driven and ratings based, and uses multi-dimensional spread tables. The inputs used include benchmark yields, reported trades, new issue data, broker dealer quotes, and collateral performance. If there is at least one significant model assumption or input that is not observable, these securities are categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are classified as Level 2.
State, County, and Municipal Securities
The fair value is estimated using a valuation matrix with inputs including bond interest rate tables, recent transaction, and yield relationships. These securities are categorized as Level 2.
Single and Pooled Issuer Trust Preferred Securities
The fair value of trust preferred securities, including pooled and single issuer preferred securities, is estimated using external pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques. The inputs used in these valuations include benchmark yields, reported trades, new issue data, broker dealer quotes, and collateral performance. If there is at least one significant model assumption or input that is not observable, these securities are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are classified as Level 2.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Loans Held for Sale
The Company has elected the fair value option to account for originated closed loans intended for sale. The fair value is measured on an individual loan basis using quoted market prices and when not available, comparable market value or discounted cash flow analysis may be utilized. These assets are typically classified as Level 2.
Derivative Instruments
Derivatives
The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities. The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings. Additionally, in conjunction with fair value measurement guidance, the Company has made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of its derivative financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio. Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its interest rate derivatives and risk participation agreements may also utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by the Company and its counterparties. However, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are properly classified as Level 2.
Mortgage Derivatives
The fair value of mortgage derivatives is determined based on current market prices for similar assets in the secondary market and, therefore, classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
Individually Assessed Collateral Dependent Loans
In accordance with the CECL standard, expected credit losses on individually assessed loans deemed to be collateral dependent are valued based upon the lower of amortized cost or fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell. The inputs used in the appraisals of the collateral are not always observable, and in such cases the loans may be classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are classified as Level 2.
Other Real Estate Owned and Other Foreclosed Assets
Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) and Other Foreclosed Assets, when applicable, are valued at the lower of cost or fair value of the property, less estimated costs to sell. The fair values are generally estimated based upon recent appraisal values of the property less costs to sell the property. Certain inputs used in appraisals are not always observable, and therefore OREO and Other Foreclosed Assets may be classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and identified intangible assets are subject to impairment testing. The Company conducts an annual impairment test of goodwill in the third quarter of each year, or more frequently if necessary. Other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. To estimate the fair value of goodwill and, if necessary, other intangible assets, the Company utilizes both a comparable analysis of relevant price multiples in recent market transactions and a discounted cash flow analysis. Both valuation models require a significant degree of management judgment. In the event the fair value as determined by the valuation model is less than the carrying value, the intangibles may be impaired. If the impairment testing resulted in impairment, the Company would classify the impaired goodwill and other intangible assets subjected to nonrecurring fair value adjustments as Level 3.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis were as follows at the dates indicated:
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Balance Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1) Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2) Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2024
(Dollars in thousands)
Recurring fair value measurements
Assets
Trading securities $ 4,245 $ 4,245 $ - $ -
Equity securities 21,204 21,204 - -
Securities available for sale
U.S. government agency securities 209,660 - 209,660 -
U.S. treasury securities 592,001 - 592,001 -
Agency mortgage-backed securities 378,161 - 378,161 -
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 28,995 - 28,995 -
State, county, and municipal securities 194 - 194 -
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers 1,095 - 1,095 -
Small business administration pooled securities 40,838 - 40,838 -
Loans held for sale 7,271 - 7,271 -
Derivative instruments 103,958 - 103,958 -
Liabilities
Derivative instruments 123,755 - 123,755 -
Total recurring fair value measurements, net $ 1,263,867 $ 25,449 $ 1,238,418 $ -
Nonrecurring fair value measurements
Assets
Individually assessed collateral dependent loans (1) $ 43,766 $ - $ - $ 43,766
Total nonrecurring fair value measurements $ 43,766 $ - $ - $ 43,766
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Balance Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1) Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2) Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Recurring fair value measurements
Assets
Trading securities $ 4,987 $ 4,987 $ - $ -
Equity securities 22,510 22,510 - -
Securities available for sale
U.S. government agency securities 207,138 - 207,138 -
U.S. treasury securities 769,102 - 769,102 -
Agency mortgage-backed securities 277,047 - 277,047 -
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 33,189 - 33,189 -
State, county, and municipal securities 190 - 190 -
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers 1,018 - 1,018 -
Small business administration pooled securities 46,572 - 46,572 -
Loans held for sale 6,368 - 6,368 -
Derivative instruments 103,948 - 103,948 -
Liabilities
Derivative instruments 133,868 - 133,868 -
Total recurring fair value measurements, net $ 1,338,201 $ 27,497 $ 1,310,704 $ -
Nonrecurring fair value measurements
Assets
Individually assessed collateral dependent loans (1) $ 28,881 $ - $ - $ 28,881
Total nonrecurring fair value measurements $ 28,881 $ - $ - $ 28,881
(1)The carrying value of individually assessed collateral dependent loans is based on the lower of amortized cost or fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell. The fair value of the underlying collateral is generally determined through independent appraisals, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic factors and estimated liquidation expenses. The range of these possible adjustments may vary.
.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
The estimated fair values and related carrying amounts for assets and liabilities for which fair value is only disclosed are shown below at the dates indicated:
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Carrying Value Fair Value Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
December 31, 2024
(Dollars in thousands)
Financial assets
Securities held to maturity (a)
U.S. treasury securities $ 100,791 $ 93,022 $ - $ 93,022 $ -
Agency mortgage-backed securities 788,470 726,362 - 726,362 -
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 422,827 357,684 - 357,684 -
Small business administration pooled securities 122,868 114,733 - 114,733 -
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses (b) 14,294,628 13,213,596 - - 13,213,596
Federal Home Loan Bank stock (c) 31,573 31,573 - 31,573 -
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies (d) 303,965 303,965 - 303,965 -
Financial liabilities
Deposit liabilities, other than time deposits (e) $ 12,558,632 $ 12,558,632 $ - $ 12,558,632 $ -
Time certificates of deposits (f) 2,747,346 2,739,606 - 2,739,606 -
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (f) 638,514 638,489 - 638,489 -
Junior subordinated debentures (g) 62,860 61,661 - 61,661 -
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Carrying Value Fair Value Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1) Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2) Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2023
Financial assets (Dollars in thousands)
Securities held to maturity (a)
U.S. government agency securities $ 29,521 $ 28,408 $ - $ 28,408 $ -
U.S. treasury securities 100,712 91,535 $ - 91,535 -
Agency mortgage-backed securities 829,431 763,728 - 763,728 -
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations 477,517 407,911 - 407,911 -
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks 1,500 1,373 - 1,373 -
Small business administration pooled securities 130,426 124,653 - 124,653 -
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses (b) 14,106,967 13,079,368 - - 13,079,368
Federal Home Loan Bank stock (c) 43,557 43,557 - 43,557 -
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies (d) 297,387 297,387 - 297,387 -
Financial liabilities
Deposit liabilities, other than time deposits (e) $ 12,684,068 $ 12,684,068 $ - $ 12,684,068 $ -
Time certificates of deposits (f) 2,181,479 2,166,573 - 2,166,573 -
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (f) 1,105,541 1,103,845 - 1,103,845 -
Junior subordinated debentures (g) 62,858 58,911 - 58,911 -
Subordinated debentures (f) 49,980 49,613 - - 49,613
(a)The fair values presented are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments and/or discounted cash flow analysis.
(b)Fair value of loans is measured using the exit price valuation method, determined primarily by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities or cash flows, while incorporating liquidity and credit assumptions. Additionally, this amount excludes individually assessed collateral dependent loans, which are deemed to be marked to fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
(c)Federal Home Loan Bank stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost, therefore the carrying amount approximates fair value.
(d)Cash surrender value of life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value (or the amount that can be realized upon surrender of the policy), therefore, carrying amount approximates fair value.
(e)Fair value of demand deposits, savings and interest checking accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date.
(f)Fair value was determined by discounting anticipated future cash payments using rates currently available for instruments with similar remaining maturities.
(g)Fair value was determined based upon market prices of securities with similar terms and maturities.
This summary excludes certain financial assets and liabilities for which the carrying value approximates fair value. For financial assets, these may include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and short-term investments. For financial liabilities, these may include federal funds purchased. These instruments would all be considered to be classified as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy. Also excluded from the summary are financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis, as previously described.
The Company considers its current use of financial instruments to be the highest and best use of the instruments.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 14 REVENUE RECOGNITION
A portion of the Company’s noninterest income is derived from contracts with customers, and as such, the revenue recognized depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company accounts for such revenues in accordance with ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers and considers the terms of the contract and all relevant facts and circumstances when applying this guidance. To ensure its alignment with this core principle, the Company measures revenue and the timing of recognition by applying the following five steps:
1.Identify the contract(s) with customers
2.Identify the performance obligations
3.Determine the transaction price
4.Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations
5.Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation
The Company has disaggregated its revenue from contracts with customers into categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The following table presents the revenue streams that the Company has disaggregated for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Deposit account fees (inclusive of cash management fees) $ 26,455 $ 23,486 $ 23,370
Interchange fees 12,513 11,865 10,881
ATM fees 4,568 4,243 3,866
Investment management - wealth management and advisory services 38,311 34,588 32,774
Investment management - retail investments and insurance revenue 4,433 5,603 4,058
Payment processing income 1,848 1,675 1,534
Credit card income 2,341 2,119 1,833
Other noninterest income 5,343 5,684 6,099
Total noninterest income in-scope of ASC 606 95,812 89,263 84,415
Total noninterest income out-of-scope of ASC 606 32,202 35,346 30,252
Total noninterest income $ 128,014 $ 124,609 $ 114,667
In each of the revenue streams identified above, there were no significant judgments made in determining or allocating the transaction price, as the consideration and service requirements are generally explicitly identified in the associated contracts. Additional information related to each of the revenue streams is further noted below.
Deposit Account Fees
The Company offers various deposit account products to its customers governed by specific deposit agreements applicable to either personal customers or business customers. These agreements identify the general conditions and obligations of both parties, and include standard information regarding deposit account related fees.
Deposit account services include providing access to deposit accounts as well as access to the various deposit transactional services of the Company. These transactional services are primarily those that are identified in the standard fee schedule, and include, but are not limited to, services such as overdraft protection, wire transfer, and check collection. Revenue is recognized in conjunction with the various services being provided. For example, the Company may assess monthly fixed service fees associated with the customer having access to the deposit account, which can vary depending on the account type and daily account balance. In addition, the Company may also assess separate fixed fees associated with and at the time specific transactions are entered into by the customer. As such, the Company considers its performance obligations to be met concurrently with providing the account access or completing the requested deposit transaction.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Cash Management
Cash management services are a subset of the Deposit account fees revenue stream. These services primarily include ACH transaction processing, positive pay and remote deposit services. These services are also governed by separate agreements entered into with the customer. The fee arrangement for these services is structured to assess fees under one of two scenarios, either a per transaction fee arrangement or an earnings credit analysis arrangement. Under the per transaction fee arrangement, fixed fees are assessed concurrently with customers executing the transactions, and as such, the Company considers its performance obligations to be met concurrently with completing the requested transaction. Under the earnings credit analysis arrangement, the Company provides a monthly earnings credit to the customer that is negotiated and determined based on various factors. The credit is then available to absorb the per transaction fees that are assessed on the customer's deposit account activity for the month. Any amount of the transactional fees in excess of the earnings credit is recognized as revenue in that month.
Interchange Fees
The Company earns interchange revenue from its issuance of credit and debit cards granted through its membership in various card payment networks. The Company provides credit cards and debit cards to its customers which are authorized and settled through these payment networks, and in exchange, the Company earns revenue as determined by each payment network's interchange program. The revenue is recognized concurrently with the settlement of card transactions within each network.
ATM Fees
The Company deploys automated teller machines (ATMs) as part of its overall branch network. Certain transactions performed at the ATMs require customers to acknowledge and pay a fee for the requested service. Certain ATM fees are disclosed in the deposit account agreement fee schedules, whereas those assessed to non-Rockland Trust deposit holders are solely determined during the transaction at the machine.
The ATM fee is a fixed dollar per transaction amount, and as such, is recognized concurrently with the overall daily processing and settlement of the ATM activity.
Investment Management - Wealth Management and Advisory Services
The Company offers investment management and trust services to individuals, institutions, small businesses and charitable institutions. Each investment management product is governed by its own contract along with a separate identifiable fee schedule unique to that product. The Company also offers additional services, such as estate settlement, financial planning, tax services and other special services quoted at the client’s request.
Asset management and/or custody fees are based upon a percentage of the monthly valuation of the principal assets in the customer’s account, whereas fees for additional or special services are fixed in nature and are charged as services are rendered. As the fees are dependent on assets under management, which are susceptible to market factors outside of the Company’s control, this variable consideration is constrained and therefore no revenue is estimated at contract initiation. As such, all revenue is recognized in correlation to the monthly management fee determinations or as transactional services are provided. Due to the fact that payments are primarily made subsequent to the valuation period, the Company records a receivable for revenue earned but not received. The following table provides the amount of investment management revenue earned but not received as of the dates indicated:
December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Receivables, included in other assets $ 5,968 $ 5,509
Investment Management - Retail Investments and Insurance Revenue
The Company offers the sale of mutual fund shares, unit investment trust shares, third party model portfolios, general securities, fixed and variable annuities and life insurance products through registered representatives who are both employed by the Company and licensed and contracted with various Broker General Agents to offer these products to the Company’s customer base. As such, the Company performs these services as an agent and earns a fixed commission on the sales of these
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
products and services. To a lesser degree, production bonus commissions can also be earned based upon the Company meeting certain volume thresholds.
In general, the Company recognizes commission revenue at the point of sale, and for certain insurance products, may also earn and recognize annual residual commissions commensurate with annual premiums being paid.
Payment Processing Income
The Company refers customers to third party payment processing partners in exchange for commission and fee income. The income earned is comprised of multiple components, including a fixed referral fee per each referred customer, a rebate amount determined primarily as a percentage of net revenue earned by the third party from services provided to each referred customer, and overall production bonus commissions if certain new account production thresholds are met. Payment processing income is recognized in conjunction with either completing the referral to earn the fixed fee amount or as the merchant activity is processed to derive the Company’s rebate and/or production bonus amounts.
Credit Card Income
The Company provides consumer and business credit card solutions to its customers by soliciting new accounts on behalf of a third party credit card provider in exchange for a fee. The income earned is comprised of new account incentive payments as well as a percentage of interchange income earned by the third party provider offering the consumer and business purpose revolving credit accounts. The credit card income is recognized in conjunction with the establishment of each new credit card member or as the interchange is earned by the third party in connection with net purchase transactions made by the credit card member.
Other Noninterest Income
The Company earns various types of other noninterest income that fall within the scope of the new revenue recognition rules, and have been aggregated into one general revenue stream in the table noted above. This amount includes, but is not limited to, the following types of revenue with customers:
Safe Deposit Rent
The Company rents out the use of safe deposit boxes to its customers, which can be accessed when the bank is open for business. The safe deposit box rental fee is paid upfront and is recognized as revenue ratably over the annual term of the contract.
Foreign Currency
The Company earns fee income associated with various transactions related to foreign currency product offerings, including foreign currency bank notes and drafts and foreign currency wires. The majority of this income is derived from commissions earned related to customers executing the above mentioned foreign currency transactions through arrangements with third party correspondents.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 15 OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following tables present a reconciliation of the changes in the components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated, including the amount of income tax (expense) benefit allocated to each component of other comprehensive income (loss):
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Pre-Tax
Amount Tax (Expense)
Benefit After Tax
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
Change in fair value of securities available for sale $ 22,586 $ (5,843) $ 16,743
Less: net security losses reclassified into other noninterest expense - - -
Net change in fair value of securities available for sale 22,586 (5,843) 16,743
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (10,133) 2,770 (7,363)
Less: net cash flow hedge losses reclassified into interest income or interest expense (19,372) 5,296 (14,076)
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges 9,239 (2,526) 6,713
Net unamortized gain related to defined benefit pension and other postretirement adjustments arising during the period 1,953 (534) 1,419
Amortization of net actuarial gains (93) 26 (67)
Amortization of net prior service costs 17 (5) 12
Net change in other comprehensive income for defined benefit postretirement plans (1) 1,877 (513) 1,364
Total other comprehensive income $ 33,702 $ (8,882) $ 24,820
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Pre-Tax
Amount Tax (Expense)
Benefit After Tax
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
Change in fair value of securities available for sale $ 42,019 $ (9,593) $ 32,426
Less: net security losses reclassified into other noninterest expense - - -
Net change in fair value of securities available for sale 42,019 (9,593) 32,426
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (5,078) 1,428 (3,650)
Less: net cash flow hedge losses reclassified into interest income or interest expense (27,414) 7,709 (19,705)
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges 22,336 (6,281) 16,055
Net unamortized gain related to defined benefit pension and other postretirement adjustments arising during the period 210 (59) 151
Amortization of net actuarial gains (536) 151 (385)
Amortization of net prior service costs 39 (11) 28
Amortization of net settlement credits (25) 7 (18)
Net change in other comprehensive income for defined benefit postretirement plans (1) (312) 88 (224)
Total other comprehensive income $ 64,043 $ (15,786) $ 48,257
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Pre-Tax
Amount Tax (Expense)
Benefit After Tax
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
Change in fair value of securities available for sale $ (155,037) $ 36,047 $ (118,990)
Less: net security losses reclassified into other noninterest expense - - -
Net change in fair value of securities available for sale (155,037) 36,047 (118,990)
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (65,586) 18,452 (47,134)
Less: net cash flow hedge gains reclassified into interest income or interest expense 5,054 (1,421) 3,633
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges (70,640) 19,873 (50,767)
Net unamortized gain related to defined benefit pension and other postretirement adjustments arising during the period 5,603 (1,575) 4,028
Amortization of net actuarial losses 635 (179) 456
Amortization of net prior service costs 39 (11) 28
Amortization of net settlement credits (31) 9 (22)
Net change in other comprehensive income for defined benefit postretirement plans (1) 6,246 (1,756) 4,490
Total other comprehensive loss $ (219,431) $ 54,164 $ (165,267)
(1)The amortization of prior service costs is included in the computation of net periodic pension costs as disclosed in Note 12 - Employee Benefit Plans within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
Information on the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, is comprised of the following components as of the dates indicated:
Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedge Defined Benefit Postretirement Plans Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(Dollars in Thousands)
Beginning balance: January 1, 2022 $ (9,667) $ 14,137 $ (2,287) $ 2,183
Other comprehensive (loss) income (118,990) (50,767) 4,490 (165,267)
Ending balance: December 31, 2022 $ (128,657) $ (36,630) $ 2,203 $ (163,084)
Other comprehensive income (loss) 32,426 16,055 (224) 48,257
Ending balance: December 31, 2023 $ (96,231) $ (20,575) $ 1,979 $ (114,827)
Other comprehensive income 16,743 6,713 1,364 24,820
Ending balance: December 31, 2024 $ (79,488) $ (13,862) $ 3,343 $ (90,007)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 16 LEASES
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had entered into 117 noncancellable operating lease agreements for office space, parking, space for ATM locations and certain branch locations, several of which contain renewal options to extend lease terms for a period of 2 to 20 years. The Company has no material financing leases outstanding and no leases with residual value guarantees.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company did not have any material sub-lease agreements.
The Company’s right-of-use asset related to operating leases totaled $54.5 million and $54.1 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet within other assets.
When a decision is made to exit a leased location, the Company may incur certain termination costs and/or lease impairment charges, if applicable. Accordingly, the Company recognized $555,000, $589,000, and $4.4 million of such exit costs during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, with the 2022 costs recorded through merger and acquisition expense within the Consolidated Income Statements in relation to the Meridian acquisition.
The following table provides information related to the Company’s lease costs for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Operating lease costs (1) $ 14,365 $ 14,472 $ 17,322
Short-term lease costs 37 28 72
Variable lease costs - - -
Total lease costs $ 14,402 $ 14,500 $ 17,394
Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases 5.99 years 5.61 years 5.46 years
Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases 3.49 % 2.98 % 2.43 %
(1) Operating lease costs for the periods presented are inclusive of lease exit costs noted above.
The following table sets forth the undiscounted cash flows of base rent related to operating leases outstanding at December 31, 2024 with payments scheduled over the next five years and thereafter, including a reconciliation to the operating lease liability recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet in other liabilities:
(Dollars in thousands)
2025 $ 13,899
2026 12,915
2027 10,300
2028 7,302
2029 5,424
Thereafter 13,728
Total minimum lease payments 63,568
Less: amount representing interest 7,037
Present value of future minimum lease payments $ 56,531
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 17 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in its consolidated balance sheets. These transactions include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and loans sold with recourse, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures.
The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of these commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding.
Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment were funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company’s policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and other covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.
The fees collected in connection with the issuance of standby letters of credit are representative of the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In accordance with applicable accounting standards related to guarantees, fees collected in connection with the issuance of standby letters of credit are deferred. The fees are then recognized in income proportionately over the life of the standby letter of credit agreement. The deferred standby letter of credit fees represent the fair value of the Company’s potential obligations under the standby letter of credit guarantees.
The following table summarizes the above financial instruments at the dates indicated:
As of December 31
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit $ 4,663,314 $ 4,632,105
Loan exposures sold with recourse $ 141,151 $ 153,850
Standby letters of credit $ 24,863 $ 21,427
Deferred standby letter of credit fees $ 213 $ 155
Other Contingencies
At December 31, 2024, Rockland Trust was involved in pending lawsuits that arose in the ordinary course of business. Management has reviewed these pending lawsuits with legal counsel and has taken into consideration the view of counsel as to their outcome. In the opinion of management, the final disposition of pending lawsuits is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
NOTE 18 REGULATORY MATTERS
Regulatory Capital Requirements
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
At December 31, 2024 the Bank’s capital levels met or exceeded the minimum levels to be considered “well capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Common equity Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. Management believes, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are also presented in the table that follows:
Actual For Capital
Adequacy Purposes To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
December 31, 2024
(Dollars in thousands)
Independent Bank Corp.
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,299,003 16.04 % $ 1,146,816 ≥ 8.0 % N/A N/A
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,100,158 14.65 % $ 645,084 ≥ 4.5 % N/A N/A
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,100,158 14.65 % $ 860,112 ≥ 6.0 % N/A N/A
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) leverage $ 2,100,158 11.32 % $ 741,953 ≥ 4.0 % N/A N/A
Rockland Trust Company
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,210,775 15.43 % $ 1,146,528 ≥ 8.0 % $ 1,433,159 ≥ 10.0 %
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,072,930 14.46 % $ 644,922 ≥ 4.5 % $ 931,554 ≥ 6.5 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,072,930 14.46 % $ 859,896 ≥ 6.0 % $ 1,146,528 ≥ 8.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) leverage $ 2,072,930 11.18 % $ 741,843 ≥ 4.0 % $ 927,303 ≥ 5.0 %
December 31, 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Independent Bank Corp.
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,268,863 15.91 % $ 1,140,554 ≥ 8.0 % N/A N/A
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,022,873 14.19 % $ 641,562 ≥ 4.5 % N/A N/A
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,022,873 14.19 % $ 855,416 ≥ 6.0 % N/A N/A
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) $ 2,022,873 10.96 % $ 737,984 ≥ 4.0 % N/A N/A
Rockland Trust Company
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,183,436 15.32 % $ 1,140,550 ≥ 8.0 % $ 1,425,687 ≥ 10.0 %
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,048,426 14.37 % $ 641,559 ≥ 4.5 % $ 926,696 ≥ 6.5 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 2,048,426 14.37 % $ 855,412 ≥ 6.0 % $ 1,140,550 ≥ 8.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) $ 2,048,426 11.10 % $ 738,055 ≥ 4.0 % $ 922,568 ≥ 5.0 %
In addition to the minimum risk-based capital requirements outlined in the table above, the Company is required to maintain a minimum capital conservation buffer, in the form of common equity, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses. The required amount of the capital conservation buffer is 2.5%. The Company’s capital levels exceeded the minimum requirement plus the buffer of 2.5% as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
Dividend Restrictions
The Company is subject to capital and dividend requirements administered by federal and state bank regulators, and the Company will not declare a cash dividend that would cause the Company to violate regulatory requirements. The Company is, in the ordinary course of business, dependent upon the receipt of cash dividends from the Bank to pay cash dividends to shareholders and satisfy the Company’s other cash needs. Federal and state law impose limits on capital distributions by the Bank. Massachusetts-chartered banks, such as the Bank, may declare from net profits cash dividends not more frequently than quarterly and non-cash dividends at any time. No dividends may be declared, credited, or paid if the Bank’s capital stock would be impaired. Massachusetts Bank Commissioner approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. Dividends paid by the Bank to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 totaled $183.8 million and $228.9 million, respectively.
Trust Preferred Securities
In accordance with the applicable accounting standard related to variable interest entities, the common stock of trusts which have issued trust preferred securities have not been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. At both December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were $61.0 million in trust preferred securities that have been included within Tier 2 Capital of the Company for regulatory reporting purposes, pursuant to the Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines.
NOTE 19 PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Condensed financial information relative to the balance sheets of Independent Bank Corp., as the parent company, at December 31, 2024 and 2023 and the related statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 are presented below. The statement of stockholders’ equity is not presented below as the parent company’s stockholders’ equity is that of the consolidated Company.
BALANCE SHEETS
December 31
2024 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash (1) $ 110,097 $ 108,788
Investments in subsidiaries (2) 2,967,786 2,922,698
Prepaid income taxes 2,309 2,488
Deferred tax asset 430 429
Total assets $ 3,080,622 $ 3,034,403
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Dividends payable $ 24,225 $ 23,580
Junior subordinated debentures (less unamortized debt issuance costs of $28 and $30)
62,860 62,858
Subordinated debentures (less unamortized debt issuance costs of $20)
- 49,980
Other liabilities 417 2,734
Total liabilities 87,502 139,152
Stockholders’ equity 2,993,120 2,895,251
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 3,080,622 $ 3,034,403
(1)Entire balance eliminates in consolidation.
(2)Majority of balance eliminates in consolidation.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Income
Dividends received from subsidiaries (1) $ 183,961 $ 229,046 $ 209,257
Total income 183,961 229,046 209,257
Expenses
Interest expense 5,014 6,829 4,626
Other expenses 2,891 3,156 1,680
Total expenses 7,905 9,985 6,306
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 176,056 219,061 202,951
Income tax benefit (2,280) (2,785) (1,731)
Income of parent company 178,336 221,846 204,682
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 13,745 17,656 59,131
Net income $ 192,081 $ 239,502 $ 263,813
(1)Majority of balance eliminated in consolidation.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income $ 192,081 $ 239,502 $ 263,813
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities
Amortization 22 98 96
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense (1) 24 28
Change in prepaid income taxes and other assets 179 2,107 (623)
Change in other liabilities (2,560) 52 143
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries (13,745) (17,656) (59,131)
Net cash provided by operating activities 175,976 224,127 204,326
Cash flows used in financing activities
Repayments of long-term debt, net of issuance costs - - (14,063)
Repayments of subordinated debentures, net of issuance costs (50,000) - -
Restricted stock awards issued, net of awards surrendered (815) (1,142) (1,084)
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options 80 80 -
Proceeds from shares issued under direct stock purchase plan 3,254 2,662 2,359
Payments for shares repurchased under share repurchase programs (30,986) (188,910) (139,946)
Common dividends paid (96,200) (98,006) (93,734)
Net cash used in financing activities (174,667) (285,316) (246,468)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 1,309 (61,189) (42,142)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 108,788 169,977 212,119
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year $ 110,097 $ 108,788 $ 169,977
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
NOTE 20 TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
Certain directors and officers (including their affiliates, certain family members and entities in which they are principal owners) of the Company are customers of and have had, and are expected to have, transactions with the Company, within the ordinary course of business. These transactions include, but are not limited to, lending activities, deposit services, investment management, and property lease commitments. In the opinion of management, such transactions are consistent with prudent banking practices and are within applicable banking regulations.
Lending Activities
The following information represents annual activity of loans to related parties for the periods indicated:
2024 2023 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Principal balance of loans outstanding at beginning of year $ 11,927 $ 26,721 $ 45,033
Loan advances - 911 40,427
Loan payments/payoffs (519) (1,336) (43,147)
Reduction for retired directors and/or changes in director status - (14,369) (15,592)
Principal balance of loans outstanding at end of year $ 11,408 $ 11,927 $ 26,721
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no loans to related parties which were past due, on nonaccrual status or that had been restructured due to financial difficulty.
Deposits
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the amount of deposit balances of related parties totaled $3.6 million and $3.9 million, respectively.
Lease Commitments
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no material leases with related parties.
NOTE 21 SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company is a bank holding company, the principal subsidiary of which is the Bank. The Bank provides a variety of banking, investment, and financial services through its retail branches, commercial banking centers, investment management offices, and mortgage lending centers throughout Eastern Massachusetts, as well as Worcester County (Massachusetts) and Rhode Island. The Bank is a community-oriented commercial bank, and has only one reportable segment, which is community banking. The community banking segment derives revenues primarily from providing loans to individuals and small-to-medium sized businesses in its market area. The accounting policies of the community banking segment are the same as those described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
The Company’s reportable segment is determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who are the Company’s designated chief operating decision makers ("CODMs"), based upon information about the Company’s products and services offered to customers as part of its community banking operations. The CODMs assess performance for the community banking segment and decide how to allocate resources based on the Company’s consolidated net income and diluted earnings per share, as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The significant expense categories reviewed by the CODMs are also consistent with those presented on the Consolidated Statements of Income, with an emphasis on interest expense on deposits and borrowings, as well as provision for credit losses, salaries and benefits, and occupancy and equipment costs. Other segment expenses are comprised of the remaining expense categories presented on the Consolidated Statements of income, including other non-interest expenses. Other non-interest expenses are inclusive of costs related to professional services, advertising, technology and communications costs, and various other general and administrative costs. Net income and diluted earnings per share are used by the CODMs to monitor management’s budgeted results versus actual, as well as to benchmark the Company’s relative performance against other banking institutions in its peer group. The results of these monitoring and benchmarking analyses are used in assessing performance of the community banking segment and to inform decisions surrounding general corporate strategy, capital allocations, and compensation. Asset details provided to the CODMs
are consistent with those reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with an emphasis on interest-earning assets, including loans and investment securities, which provide the majority of revenues generated by the community banking segment.

---

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None

---

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of the assets of the Company;
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).
Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP (PCAOB Auditor Firm ID: 42), has issued a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Independent Bank Corp.
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Independent Bank Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Independent Bank Corp. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 2024 consolidated financial statements of the Company and our report dated February 28, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 28, 2025

---

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
(a)None
(b)Insider Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans. During the quarter ended December 31, 2024, none of the Company’s directors or executive officers adopted or terminated a “rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or a “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as those terms are defined in Item 408 of Regulations S-K.

---

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its May 15, 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2025 Proxy Statement”), which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 under the headings of “Board of Directors Information - Current Board Members,” “Board of Directors Information - Corporate Governance Information,” “Board of Directors Information - Insider Trading Policy,” “Board of Directors Information - Shareholder Director Nominations and Recommendations,” “Board of Directors Information - Report of the Audit Committee,” “Executive Officer Information - Executive Officers,” and “Stock Ownership and Other Matters - Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports.”

---

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the 2025 Proxy Statement under the headings of “Executive Officer Information” and “Board of Directors Information - Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.”

---

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2024 about the securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans, consisting of the 2018 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan (the “2018 Plan”) and the 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”). The Company’s shareholders previously approved each of these plans and all amendments that were subject to shareholder approval. Upon adoption of the 2023 Plan on May 18, 2023, the Second Amended and Restated 2005 Employee Stock Plan (the “2005 Plan”) was terminated in its entirety and the Company will no longer grant awards under the 2005 Plan, however awards outstanding under the 2005 Plan will continue to remain outstanding in accordance with their terms. The Company has no other equity compensation plans that have not been approved by shareholders.
Equity Compensation Plans
Equity Compensation Plan Category Number of
Securities to be
Issued upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans
(Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a))
(a) (b) (c)
Plans approved by security holders 11,667 $ 67.35 1,211,543 (1)
Plans not approved by security holders - - -
TOTAL 11,667 $ 67.35 1,211,543
(1)There are 237,893 shares available for future issuance under the 2018 Plan and 973,650 shares available for future issuance under the 2023 Plan. Shares under the 2018 Plan may be issued as stock options or restricted stock awards, and shares under the 2023 Plan be awarded in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other stock-based awards.
The information required herein under Item 403 of Regulation S-K regarding the security ownership of management and certain beneficial owners is incorporated by reference from the 2025 Proxy Statement under the heading “Stock Ownership and Other Matters.”

---

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the 2025 Proxy Statement under the headings of “Board of Directors Information - Related Party Transactions” and “Board of Directors Information - Director Independence.”

---

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the 2025 Proxy Statement under the heading “Proposals to be Voted upon at Annual Meeting - Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Proposal 2).”
PART IV

---

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Documents Filed as Part of this Report
(1) The following financial statements are incorporated herein by reference from Item 8 hereto:
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024.
Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024.
Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
(3) The exhibits that are filed as part of this Report, are list below in the Exhibits Index.
(b) The exhibits that are filed as part of this Report are listed below in the Exhibits Index.
(c) All schedules are omitted as the required information is not applicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes.
Exhibits Index
No. Exhibit
2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 8, 2024 by and among Independent Bank Corp., Enterprise Bancorp, Inc., Rockland Trust Company, and Enterprise Bank and Trust Company, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 9, 2024.
3.1 Restated Articles of Organization, as adopted July 16, 2015, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed on July 20, 2015.
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as adopted October 19, 2017, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2017.
4.1 Specimen Common Stock Certificate, incorporated herein by reference to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, filed on March 29, 1993 (paper filing).
4.2 Indenture of Registrant relating to the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities issued to Independent Capital Trust V, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on February 28, 2007.
4.3 Forms of Capital Securities Purchase Agreements for Independent Capital Trust V, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on February 28, 2007.
4.4 Form of Certificate of Junior Subordinated Debt Security for Independent Capital Trust V, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.13 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on February 27, 2007.
4.5 Form of Certificate of Capital Security for Independent Capital Trust V incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.15 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on February 27, 2007.
4.6 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Independent Capital Trust V, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on February 28, 2007.
4.7 Guarantee Agreement relating to Independent Capital Trust V, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on February 28, 2007.
4.8 Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated March 14, 2019, by and between Independent Bank Corp. and U.S. Bank National Association, as the issuing and paying agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2019.
4.9 Form of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes Due 2029, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2019.
4.10 Independent Bank Corp. 2014 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Form S-3 filed on October 26, 2023.#
4.11 Description of Securities, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed on February 27, 2020.*
10.1 Independent Bank Corp. and Rockland Trust Company Deferred Compensation Program for Directors (restated as amended as of December 1, 2000), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed on March 29, 2001. #
10.2 Independent Bank Corp. and Rockland Trust Company 2019 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed on February 28, 2019. #
10.3 Form of Indemnification Agreement between Independent Bank Corp. and certain Directors, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed on February 28, 2019. #
10.4 Rockland Trust Company Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2008.#
10.5 Rockland Trust Company Third Amended and Restated 401(k) Restoration Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, filed on February 27, 2018. #
10.6 Independent Bank Corp. and Rockland Trust Company Second Amended and Restated Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 28, 2024. #
10.7 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Gerard F. Nadeau and Rockland Trust, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2008. #
10.8 Employment Agreement between Mark J. Ruggiero and Rockland Trust, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2019. #
10.9 Employment Agreement between Jeffrey J. Tengel, Independent and Rockland Trust, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2023. #
10.10 Letter Agreement regarding Succession and Consulting Services by and between Christopher Oddleifson and Independent Bank Corp. Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2023. #
10.11 Employment Agreement between Maria Harris and Rockland Trust, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 28, 2024. #
10.12 Independent Bank Corp. 2017 Executive Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 filed on May 4, 2017. #
10.13 Independent Bank Corp. Second Amended and Restated 2005 Employee Stock Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Annex A to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 25, 2014. #
10.14 Chief Executive Officer Three Year Time Vesting Restricted Stock Agreement under 2005 Employee Stock Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 28, 2024. #
10.15 Chief Executive Officer Five Year Time Vesting Restricted Stock Agreement under 2005 Employee Stock Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 28, 2024. #
10.16 Form of Independent Bank Corp. Executive Officer Time Vesting Restricted Stock Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, filed on February 28, 2022. #
10.17 Independent Bank Corp. 2018 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-8 filed on May 18, 2018. #
10.18 Independent Bank Corp. 2018 Restricted Stock Agreement for Nonemployee Directors, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed on February 28, 2019. #
10.19 Independent Bank Corp. 2010 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2010. #
10.20 Independent Bank Corp. Stock Option Agreement for Nonemployee Director, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2010. #
10.21 Independent Bank Corp. 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2023. #
10.22 Independent Bank Corp. Key Executive Severance Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 28, 2024. #
10.23 Independent Bank Corp. Key Executive Change in Control Severance Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 28, 2024. #
19.1 Policy to Prevent Insider Trading 2023, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 19.1 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 28, 2024.
21.1 Subsidiaries of Independent Bank Corp incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed on February 27, 2020.+
23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
31.1 Section 302 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
31.2 Section 302 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.1 Section 906 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.+
32.2 Section 906 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.+
97 Independent Bank Corp. Incentive Compensation Recovery Policy, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 97 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 28, 2024.
101 The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document
104 Cover page interactive data file (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
* Filed herewith
+ Furnished herewith
# Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.